Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Немецкий
Русский
Французский

no less a person than the Queen

1 less

les
1. adjective
((often with than) not as much (as): Think of a number less than forty; He drank his tea and wished he had put less sugar in it; The salary for that job will be not less than $30,000.) menos

2. adverb
(not as much or to a smaller extent: I like her less every time I see her; You should smoke less if you want to remain healthy.) menos

3. pronoun
(a smaller part or amount: He has less than I have.) menos

4. preposition
(minus: He earns $280 a week less $90 income tax.) menos

- lessen
- lesser
5. adverb
(less: the lesser-known streets of London.) menor

- the less... the less/more
- no less a person than

less adj adv pron menos

this is more expensive, the other one costs less éste es más caro, el otro cuesta menos

I've got less than you tengo menos que tú

less and less cada vez menos

less

tr[les]

adjective

1 menos

pronoun

1 menos

■ we see less of each other these days últimamente nos vemos menos

■ no less than two hundred people attended asistieron nada menos que doscientas personas

■ the less you eat, the less you'll spend cuánto menos comas, menos gastarás

■ it was no less a person than the Prince fue nada menos que el príncipe

adverb

1 menos

■ less and less cada vez menos

■ he was being less than sincere no fue nada sincero

preposition

1 menos

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

any the less menos

■ he made a mistake, but I don't think any the less of him for it cometió un error, pero no por eso lo respeto menos

much less menos aún

■ he can't drive, much less fly a plane no sabe conducir, ni mucho menos pilotar un avión

in less than no time dentro de un momento, en seguida

no less nada menos

nothing less than nada menos que

still less menos aún

to think (all) the less of somebody tener a alguien en menos consideración

less ['lɛs] adv comparative of little : menos

the less you know, the better: cuanto menos sepas, mejor

less and less: cada vez menos

less adj comparative of little : menos

less than three: menos de tres

less money: menos dinero

nothing less than perfection: nada menos que la perfección

less pron

: menos

I'm earning less: estoy ganando menos

less prep

: menos

one month less two days: un mes menos dos días

less

adj.

• menor adj.

adv.

• menos adv.

prep.

• menos prep.

I les
adjective ( comp of little I II) menos

less and less money — cada vez menos dinero

of less importance — de menor importancia

no less a person than the Queen — nada menos que la Reina, ni más ni menos que la Reina

II

pronoun ( comp of little II) menos

a sum of less than $1,000 — una suma inferior a los 1.000 dólares

III

adverb ( comp of little III) menos

I see them less often than I'd like — los veo menos de lo que me gustaría

the situation is no less serious than it was — la situación sigue siendo tan grave como antes

I was none the less grateful for it — no por ello te (or se etc) lo agradecí menos

IV

preposition menos

[les]
1.

ADJ (compar)
of little; menos
now we eat less bread — ahora comemos menos pan

she has less time to spare now — ahora tiene menos tiempo libre

of less importance — de menos importancia

St James the Less — Santiago el Menor

• no less a person than the bishop — no otro que el obispo, el mismísimo obispo

that was told me by the minister no less — eso me lo dijo el mismo ministro

2.

PRON menos

it's less than you think — es menos de lo que piensas

can't you let me have it for less? — ¿no me lo puedes dar en menos?

less than £1/a kilo/three metres — menos de una libra/un kiloes metros

at a price of less than £1 — a un precio inferior or menor a una libra

less than a week ago — hace menos de una semana

• a tip of £10, no less! — ¡una propina de 10 libras, nada menos!

• nothing less than — nada menos que

it's nothing less than a disaster — es un verdadero or auténtico desastre

• the less... the less... — cuanto menos... menos...

the less he works the less he earns — cuanto menos trabaja menos gana

the less said about it the better — cuanto menos se hable de eso mejor

3.

ADV menos

to go out less (often) — salir menos

you work less than I do — trabajas menos que yo

grief grows less with time — la pena disminuye a medida que pasa el tiempo

in less than an hour — en menos de una hora

it's less expensive than the other one — cuesta menos que el otro

• less and less — cada vez menos

• that doesn't make her any less guilty — no por eso es menos culpable

• even less, still less — todavía menos, menos aún

• the problem is less one of capital than of personnel — el problema más que de capitales es de personal

4.

PREP menos

the price less 10% — el precio menos 10 por ciento

the price less VAT — el precio excluyendo el IVA

a year less four days — un año menos cuatro días

* * *

I [les]
adjective ( comp of little I II) menos

less and less money — cada vez menos dinero

of less importance — de menor importancia

no less a person than the Queen — nada menos que la Reina, ni más ni menos que la Reina

II

pronoun ( comp of little II) menos

a sum of less than $1,000 — una suma inferior a los 1.000 dólares

III

adverb ( comp of little III) menos

I see them less often than I'd like — los veo menos de lo que me gustaría

the situation is no less serious than it was — la situación sigue siendo tan grave como antes

I was none the less grateful for it — no por ello te (or se etc) lo agradecí menos

IV

preposition menos

English-spanish dictionary > less
2 the Virgin Queen

королева-девственница ( прозвище английской королевы Елизаветы I)

He had worn it with great success at the Kenilworth tournament, and had been highly complimented on it by no less a person than the Virgin Queen herself. (O. Wilde, ‘The Canterville Ghost’, ch. III) — Он великолепно выглядел в этих доспехах на турнире в Кенилуорте и удостоился тогда чрезвычайно лестной похвалы от самой королевы-девственницы.

Large English-Russian phrasebook > the Virgin Queen
3 the

ðə, ði
adjective

(The form ðə is used before words beginning with a consonant eg the house or consonant sound eg the union ðə'ju:njən; the form ði is used before words beginning with a vowel eg the apple or vowel sound eg the honour ði 'onə) el, la, los, las

1) (used to refer to a person, thing etc mentioned previously, described in a following phrase, or already known: Where is the book I put on the table?; Who was the man you were talking to?; My mug is the tall blue one; Switch the light off!)

2) (used with a singular noun or an adjective to refer to all members of a group etc or to a general type of object, group of objects etc: The horse is running fast.; I spoke to him on the telephone; He plays the piano/violin very well.) el, la

3) (used to refer to unique objects etc, especially in titles and names: the Duke of Edinburgh; the Atlantic (Ocean).) el, la

4) (used after a preposition with words referring to a unit of quantity, time etc: In this job we are paid by the hour.) el, la, los, las

5) (used with superlative adjectives and adverbs to denote a person, thing etc which is or shows more of something than any other: He is the kindest man I know; We like him (the) best of all.) el, la, los, las

6) ((often with all) used with comparative adjectives to show that a person, thing etc is better, worse etc: He has had a week's holiday and looks (all) the better for it.) mucho

•

- the...
- the...

the det el / la

the boy el chico

the Mediterranean Sea el mar Mediterráneo the se usa también para decir la fecha

Tuesday the fifth of May martes, cinco de mayo

the

tr[ðə] (Delante de una vocal se pronuncia tr[ðɪ]; con enfasis tr[ðiː])

definite article

1 el, la (plural) los, las

■ the sun is shining el sol brilla

■ the moon is full la luna está llena

■ we went to the cinema fuimos al cine

■ he's from the next village es del pueblo al lado

■ the Queen of England la Reina de Inglaterra

■ the river Thames el río Támesis

■ he's the richest man in the world es el hombre más rico del mundo

■ the English are not famous for their cooking los ingleses no tienen fama por su cocina

■ the Browns are very friendly los Brown son muy amables

■ Elizabeth the Second Isabel segunda

2 (per) por

■ we are paid by the hour nos pagan por horas

3 (emphasis) el, la, los, las

■ you're not the Paul Newman, are you? no serás el auténtico Paul Newman, ¿verdad?

adverb

1 (with comparatives)

■ the more you have, the more you want cuanto más se tiene, más se quiere

■ the sooner the better cuanto antes mejor

■ the less said, the better cuanto menos digas, mejor

■ the more the merrier cuantos más seamos, más nos divertiremos

the [ðə,] before vowel sounds usu [ði:] adv

1) (used to indicate comparison)

the sooner the better: cuanto más pronto, mejor

she likes this one the best: éste es el que más le gusta

2) (used as a conjunction) : cuanto

the more I learn, the less I understand: cuanto más aprendo, menos entiendo

the art

: el, la, los, las

the gloves: los guantes

the suitcase: la maleta

forty cookies to the box: cuarenta galletas por caja

the (Catholic) church

n.

• Roma s.f.

adv.

• cuánto adv.

art.

• el art.

• la art.

• las art.

• lo art.

• los art.

art.def.

• la art.def.

I before vowel ði, ðɪ; before consonant ðə, strong form ðiː
definite article

1) (sing) el, la; (pl) los, las

2) (emphatic use)

do you mean the Dr Black? — ¿te refieres al famoso Dr Black?

it's the novel to read just now — en este momento, es la novela que hay que leer

3)

a) ( with names)

Henry the First — Enrique primero

the Smiths — los Smith

b) (in abstractions, generalizations) (+ sing vb)

the possible/sublime — lo posible/sublime

the young/old — los jóvenes/viejos

4) ( per) por

three dollars the yard — tres dólares la yarda

they sell it by the square foot — lo venden por pie cuadrado

I get paid by the hour — me pagan por hora

5) ( used instead of possessive pron) (colloq) (sing) el, la; (pl) los, las

how's the family? — ¿qué tal la familia? (fam)

II before vowel ði; before consonant ðə
adverb (+ comp)

a) (as conj) cuanto

the more you have, the more you want — cuanto más tienes, más quieres

the sooner, the better — cuanto antes, mejor

b) (in comparisons)

I'm the richer for this experience — me he enriquecido con esta experiencia

that's all the more reason not to give in — mayor razón para no ceder

••
Cultural note:

the American Dream

En Estados Unidos, el sueño americano es la creencia que cualquier persona que trabaje duro puede alcanzar el éxito económico o social. Para los inmigrantes y las minorías, este sueño también incluye libertad e igualdad de derechos

(strong form) [ðiː] (weak form) [ˌðǝ]
1. DEF ART

1) (singular) el/la; (plural) los/las

the boy — el niño

the woman — la mujer

the cars — los coches

the chairs — las sillas

do you know the Smiths? — ¿conoce a los Smith?

how's the leg? — ¿cómo va la pierna?

• all the... — todo el.../toda la..., todos los.../todas las...

• I'll meet you at the bank/station — quedamos en el banco/la estación

• the cheek of it! — ¡qué frescura!

• he's the man for the job — es el más indicado para el puesto

• from the — del/de la, de los/las

it's ten miles from the house/village — está a diez millas de la casa/del pueblo

• I haven't the money — no tengo dinero

• of the — del/de la, de los/las

the soup of the day — la sopa del día

it was the year of the student riots — fue el año de los disturbios estudiantiles

• oh, the pain! — ¡ay qué dolor!

• he hasn't the sense to understand — no tiene bastante inteligencia para comprender

• I haven't the time — no tengo tiempo

• to the — al/a la, a los/las

we went to the theatre — fuimos al teatro

2) (+ adjective)

a) (denoting plural) los(-las)

the rich and the poor — los ricos y los pobres

b) (denoting sing) lo

within the realms of the possible — dentro de lo posible

the good and the beautiful — lo bueno y lo bello

3) (+ noun) (denoting whole class) el(-la)

to play the piano/flute — tocar el piano/la flauta

in this age of the computer... — en esta época del ordenador...

4) (+ comparative) el(-la)

she was the elder — era la mayor

5) (distributive)

50 pence the pound — 50 peniques la libra

• eggs are usually sold by the dozen — los huevos se venden normalmente por docena

paid by the hour — pagado por hora

• 25 miles to the gallon — 25 millas por galón

700 lire to the dollar — 700 liras por dólar

6) (emphatic)

you don't mean the professor Bloggs? — ¿quieres decir el profesor Bloggs del que tanto se habla?

it was the colour of 1995 — fue el color que estaba tan de moda en 1995

7) (in titles)

Richard the Second — Ricardo Segundo

Ivan the Terrible — Iván el Terrible

2.

ADV

• she looks all the better for it — se la ve mucho mejor por eso

it will be all the better — será tanto mejor

• the more he works the more he earns — cuanto más trabaja más gana

(all) the more so because... — tanto más cuanto que...

the more... the less — mientras más... menos...

• the sooner the better — cuanto antes mejor

* * *

I before vowel [ði, ðɪ]; before consonant [ðə], strong form [ðiː]
definite article

1) (sing) el, la; (pl) los, las

2) (emphatic use)

do you mean the Dr Black? — ¿te refieres al famoso Dr Black?

it's the novel to read just now — en este momento, es la novela que hay que leer

3)

a) ( with names)

Henry the First — Enrique primero

the Smiths — los Smith

b) (in abstractions, generalizations) (+ sing vb)

the possible/sublime — lo posible/sublime

the young/old — los jóvenes/viejos

4) ( per) por

three dollars the yard — tres dólares la yarda

they sell it by the square foot — lo venden por pie cuadrado

I get paid by the hour — me pagan por hora

5) ( used instead of possessive pron) (colloq) (sing) el, la; (pl) los, las

how's the family? — ¿qué tal la familia? (fam)

II before vowel [ði]; before consonant [ðə]
adverb (+ comp)

a) (as conj) cuanto

the more you have, the more you want — cuanto más tienes, más quieres

the sooner, the better — cuanto antes, mejor

b) (in comparisons)

I'm the richer for this experience — me he enriquecido con esta experiencia

that's all the more reason not to give in — mayor razón para no ceder

••
Cultural note:

the American Dream

En Estados Unidos, el sueño americano es la creencia que cualquier persona que trabaje duro puede alcanzar el éxito económico o social. Para los inmigrantes y las minorías, este sueño también incluye libertad e igualdad de derechos

English-spanish dictionary > the
4 persona

f.

1 person (individuo).

vinieron varias personas several people came

cien personas a hundred people

en persona in person

por persona per head

ser buena persona to be a good person o sort

persona mayor adult, grown-up

persona non grata persona non grata

2 party (law).

persona física private individual

persona jurídica legal entity o person

3 person (grammar).

la segunda persona del singular the second person singular

* * *

persona

► nombre femenino

1 person

■ tu tío es muy buena persona your uncle is a nice man

■ faltan dos personas there are two people missing

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

en persona in person

persona física individual

persona jurídica legal entity

* * *

noun f.

person

* * *

SF

1) (=individuo) person

es una persona encantadora — he's a charming person

20 personas — 20 people

aquellas personas que lo deseen — those who wish

es buena persona — he's a good sort

en la persona de — in the person of

• en persona — in person, in the flesh

vendrá él en persona a recoger los papeles — he will come and collect the papers in person

vi al príncipe en persona — I saw the prince in the flesh o in person

• por persona — per person

20 kilos por persona — 20 kilos per person

tres caramelos por persona — three sweets per person o each

dos dólares por persona — two dollars per person, two dollars a head

• tercera persona — third party

sin inmiscuir a terceras personas — without involving third parties

persona de edad — elderly person, senior citizen

persona de historia — † dubious individual

persona mayor — adult

persona no grata, persona non grata — persona non grata

personas reales — frm royalty sing, king and queen

2) (Jur)

persona física — natural person

persona jurídica — legal entity

3) (Ling) person

la tercera persona del singular — the third person singular

4) (Rel)

las tres personas de la Santísima Trinidad — the three persons of the Holy Trinity
PERSONA Mientras que persona en singular se traduce por person, el plural tiene dos traducciones: people y persons. ► People es la forma más utilizada, ya que persons se emplea solamente en el lenguaje formal o técnico. Las dos formas llevan el verbo en plural: Acaban de llegar tres personas preguntando por un tal Sr. Oliva Three people have just arrived asking for a Mr Oliva "Peso máximo: 8 personas" "Weight limit: 8 persons" Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( ser humano) person

una persona muy educada — a very polite person

había tres personas — there were three people

carga máxima: ocho personas — maximum capacity: eight persons

¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? — how many people do you have reporting to you?

en su persona se concentra todo el poder — all the power resides in him

las personas interesadas... — all those interested...

b) (en locs)

de persona a persona — person to person

en persona — <ir/presentarse> in person

la tarea recayó en la persona de... — the task was allocated to...

no lo conozco en persona — I don't know him personally

es el orden en persona — he is orderliness personified

por persona: 20 dólares por persona 20 dollars a head; sólo se venden dos entradas por persona — you can only get two tickets per person

- persona física

- persona jurídica

- persona no or non grata

2) (Ling) person

la primera persona del singular — the first person singular

* * *

= fellow, figure, hand, individual, man [men, -pl.], party, person, character, chap, self.

Ex. From the skimming he had given their writings he knew that something like a chemical agent was working in Balzac's defenseless mind, and that the hapless fellow was trying not to succumb to it.

Ex. Much potentially valuable historical material is lost to posterity because of the attitude to the collection of primary sources which always gives pride of place to the ephemeral as long as it is compiled by a well-known figure.

Ex. Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.

Ex. Note that these provisions do not include research reports which have been prepared within a government agency but specifically authored by an individual = Nótese que estas disposiciones no afectan a informes de investigaciones procedentes de una agencia gubernamental aunque realizados concretamente por un individuo.

Ex. No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.

Ex. Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.

Ex. Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.

Ex. All the same, I think the incident improbable because he has been represented up till then as a cold, careful character.

Ex. In practice, however, such democratic attitudes among the mighty seem to have as little effect on the behaviour of those who serve them as did the remark made by King George V at his Jubilee in 1935, 'I'm really quite an ordinary sort of chap'.

Ex. Education should relate more effectively to personal development, to individual coping and to the development of the free self.

----

* a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.

* Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.

* algunas personas = some people.

* atendido por varias personas = multi-staffed.

* biografía de personas célebres = celebrity biography.

* círculo de personas afines e influyentes = network.

* como persona que = as one who.

* conjunto de personas que reciben un servicio = constituency.

* contra toda persona = all comers.

* crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.

* cualquier otra persona = anybody else.

* cualquier persona = anyone, any Tom, Dick or Harry.

* cuidados para personas de la tercera edad = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].

* cuidados para personas mayores = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].

* de persona = personal.

* de personas con autoridad moral = authoritative.

* de primera persona = first-person.

* de una sola persona = one-man.

* dirigido a las personas = people-centred, people-oriented.

* dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.

* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.

* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.

* en persona = in person, walk-in, in the flesh, face-to-face [face to face].

* grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.

* inicial del segundo nombre de pila de una persona = middle initial.

* la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.

* la misma persona = one and the same person.

* la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.

* lista de personas de contacto = contact list.

* lista de personas y cometidos = duty roster.

* mala persona = rotten apple, a bad lot.

* ninguna otra persona = no one else.

* oír por segundas personas = hear + second-hand.

* orientado a la persona = human-oriented.

* orientado al servicio de las personas = people-centred.

* otra persona = somebody else, someone else, somebody else, not me.

* para algunas personas = to some people.

* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.

* pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.

* pérdida de persona querida = emotional loss.

* persona a cargo = dependent.

* persona aprensiva = apprehensive.

* persona atrevida = risk taker.

* persona audaz = risk taker.

* persona aún por determinar = nomen nominandum [N.N.].

* persona becada = fundee.

* persona civil = civilian.

* persona competente = a good sport.

* persona común = ordinary person.

* persona con ahorros = saver.

* persona con ambición = high flyer [high flier, -USA], go-getter.

* persona con doble personalidad = Jekyll and Hyde.

* persona con éxito = successful person.

* persona con iniciativa = go-getter.

* persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.

* persona con llave = keyholder.

* persona con mala ortografía = speller.

* persona con mucha ambición = social climber.

* persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].

* persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.

* persona de acción = doer.

* persona de adentro = insider.

* persona de altos vuelos = high flyer [high flier, -USA].

* persona de color = non-white [nonwhite], coloured man, coloured woman, coloured [colored, -USA].

* persona de conducta desviada = deviant.

* persona de confianza = good old boy, sounding board.

* persona de contacto = contact, correspondent, contact person, named contact.

* persona de edad avanzada = elderly person.

* persona de éxito = successful person.

* persona de fuera = outsider.

* persona dejada = slob.

* persona de la alta sociedad = socialite.

* persona de la propia empresa = insider.

* persona de la tercera edad = elder.

* persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].

* persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].

* persona de raza blanca = white.

* persona de raza negra = black.

* persona designada = nominee, designate.

* persona designada para un cargo = appointee.

* persona destacada = standout.

* persona divorciada = divorcee.

* persona emprendedora = go-getter.

* persona encargada de actualizar = maintainer.

* persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.

* persona encargada de las relaciones públicas = PR man [PR men, -pl.].

* persona encargada de recabar fondos = fundraiser [fund-raiser].

* persona en prácticas = trainee, intern.

* persona entusiasta y trabajadora = eager beaver.

* persona estúpida = no-brainer.

* persona famosa = famous person.

* persona ilusa = daydreamer.

* persona influyente = influencer, mover and shaker, heavy weight [heavyweight].

* persona informada = insider.

* persona innovadora = innovator.

* persona inquieta = fidget.

* persona inscrita = registrant.

* persona interesada = taker.

* persona joven = youth.

* persona mañosa = handyman [handymen, pl.].

* persona más destacada = top person [top people, -pl.].

* persona más relevante = top person [top people, -pl.].

* persona mayor = elder.

* persona medianamente cultivada = middlebrow [middle-brow].

* persona muy ocupada = busy beaver, busy bee.

* persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.

* persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.

* persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.

* persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.

* persona nerviosa = fidget.

* persona no experta = non-scholar.

* persona no grata = persona non grata.

* persona no muy lista pero trabajadora = plodder.

* persona normal = ordinary person.

* persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.

* persona o mecanismo que resuelve problemas = solver.

* persona opuesta a = resister (of/against).

* persona problemática = troublemaker.

* persona que abandona Algo = quitter.

* persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.

* persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.

* persona que busca y vive de lo que encuentra en las playas = beachcomber.

* persona que cambia de trabajo con demasiada frecuencia = job-hopper.

* persona que concede una franquicia = franchiser [franchisor].

* persona que contempla o mira algo = beholder.

* persona que convoca una reunión = convener [convenor].

* persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.

* persona que da consuelo = comforter.

* persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.

* persona que desfigura Algo = defacer.

* persona que desprecia u odia = despiser.

* persona que desvela escándalos o corrupción = muckraker.

* persona que duerme bien = good sleeper.

* persona que elabora el plan de estudios = syllabus maker.

* persona que escucha a escondidas = eavesdropper.

* persona que escucha en secreto = eavesdropper.

* persona que está a dieta = dieter.

* persona que está aprendiendo a conducir = learner driver.

* persona que está de picnic = picnicker.

* persona que hace encajes = tatter.

* persona que hace striptease = stripper.

* persona que hace una cita bibliográfica = citator.

* persona que hace un comentario = commenter.

* persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.

* persona que ha llegado donde está por su propio esfuerzo = self-made-man, the.

* persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.

* persona que intenta averiguar y resolver problemas = troubleshooter.

* persona que le desea suerte a otra = well-wisher.

* persona que le gusta flirtear = flirt.

* persona que llama = caller.

* persona que no le gusta leer = aliterate.

* persona que no pertenece a la familia = nonrelative [non-relative].

* persona que no se sale del lugar donde vive = stay-at-home.

* persona que nunca se deshace de nada = packrat, hoarder, magpie.

* persona que obtiene una franquicia = franchisee.

* persona que paga impuestos = taxpayer [tax-payer].

* persona que permanece en un puesto de trabajo = stayer.

* persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.

* persona que pone en práctica Algo = adopter.

* persona que practica el sillonball = couch potato.

* persona que recibe asesoramiento = counselee.

* persona que recoge algo = picker.

* persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.

* persona que rinde más de lo esperado = overachiever.

* persona que rinde por debajo de su capacidad = underachiever.

* persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.

* persona que se cree Algo = biter.

* persona que se cuida la línea = weight watcher.

* persona que se dedica a una tarea monótona = harmless drudge.

* persona que se dedica a una terea monótona = harmless drudge.

* persona que se desarrolla tarde = late bloomer.

* persona que se opone a Algo = opponent.

* persona que se promociona a sí misma = self-promoter.

* persona que se queja = complainant, complainer.

* persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.

* persona que sufre de insomio = insomniac.

* persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.

* persona que toma la última decisión = decider.

* persona que utiliza la biblioteca = non-library user.

* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].

* persona que va por libre = outsider.

* persona que ve = sighted person.

* persona que ve/observa = watcher.

* persona que visita un servicio voluntariamente en sus ratos libres = drop-in.

* persona que viste a la antigua = frump.

* persona reacia a la lectura = aliterate.

* persona recta = mensch.

* personas = humans, party, people, public.

* personas como = the likes of.

* personas con ceguera parcial = partially-sighted.

* personas con deficiencias auditivas, las = hearing impaired, the.

* personas con deficiencias mentales corregibles = educably mentally handicapped (EMH).

* personas con discapacidades mentales, las = intellectually disabled, the.

* personas con discapacidades mentales = intellectually disabled people.

* personas con éxito, las = successful, the.

* personas con problemas de lectura = print handicapped people, print handicapped, the.

* personas con problemas de lectura de la letra impresa = print disabled people.

* personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.

* personas con problemas mentales = disturbed people.

* personas con trastornos emocionales = disturbed people.

* personas de color = coloured people.

* personas de la tercera edad, las = elderly, the.

* personas de piel blanca, las = fair skinned, the.

* personas en desventaja = disadvantaged, the.

* personas faltas de servicios, las = underserved, the.

* personas famosas = those held up for praise.

* personas importantes = those held up for praise.

* persona sin hogar = waif, homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].

* persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.

* persona sin techo = homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].

* personas mayores = older people, elderly people.

* personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.

* personas muy activas, las = those on the go.

* personas muy ocupadas, las = those on the go.

* personas no invitadas, las = uninvited, the.

* persona solitaria = lone wolf.

* personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.

* personas que siempre están viajando, las = those on the go.

* personas que son duras de oído, las = hard of hearing, the.

* personas relevantes = those held up for praise.

* personas sin conocimientos técnicos, las = non-technical, the.

* personas sin hogar = homelessness.

* personas sin hogar, las = homeless, the.

* personas sin techo = homelessness.

* personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.

* persona subvencionada = fundee.

* persona temerosa = risk taker.

* persona típica, la = average man, the.

* persona u organismo que recorta presupuestos o ayuda a reducir gastos = cost-cutter.

* persona vaga y mal vestida = slob.

* por persona = per person.

* préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.

* primera persona = first person.

* representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.

* ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.

* ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.

* ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.

* tipo de persona = public.

* todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.

* trabajar como persona en prácticas = intern.

* tráfico de personas = foot fall.

* tropezar una persona con otra = fall over + each other's feet.

* usuario en persona = walk-in user.

* visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.

* visión de una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.

* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( ser humano) person

una persona muy educada — a very polite person

había tres personas — there were three people

carga máxima: ocho personas — maximum capacity: eight persons

¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? — how many people do you have reporting to you?

en su persona se concentra todo el poder — all the power resides in him

las personas interesadas... — all those interested...

b) (en locs)

de persona a persona — person to person

en persona — <ir/presentarse> in person

la tarea recayó en la persona de... — the task was allocated to...

no lo conozco en persona — I don't know him personally

es el orden en persona — he is orderliness personified

por persona: 20 dólares por persona 20 dollars a head; sólo se venden dos entradas por persona — you can only get two tickets per person

- persona física

- persona jurídica

- persona no or non grata

2) (Ling) person

la primera persona del singular — the first person singular

* * *

= fellow, figure, hand, individual, man [men, -pl.], party, person, character, chap, self.

Ex: From the skimming he had given their writings he knew that something like a chemical agent was working in Balzac's defenseless mind, and that the hapless fellow was trying not to succumb to it.

Ex: Much potentially valuable historical material is lost to posterity because of the attitude to the collection of primary sources which always gives pride of place to the ephemeral as long as it is compiled by a well-known figure.

Ex: Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.

Ex: Note that these provisions do not include research reports which have been prepared within a government agency but specifically authored by an individual = Nótese que estas disposiciones no afectan a informes de investigaciones procedentes de una agencia gubernamental aunque realizados concretamente por un individuo.

Ex: No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.

Ex: Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.

Ex: Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.

Ex: All the same, I think the incident improbable because he has been represented up till then as a cold, careful character.

Ex: In practice, however, such democratic attitudes among the mighty seem to have as little effect on the behaviour of those who serve them as did the remark made by King George V at his Jubilee in 1935, 'I'm really quite an ordinary sort of chap'.

Ex: Education should relate more effectively to personal development, to individual coping and to the development of the free self.

* a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.

* Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.

* algunas personas = some people.

* atendido por varias personas = multi-staffed.

* biografía de personas célebres = celebrity biography.

* círculo de personas afines e influyentes = network.

* como persona que = as one who.

* conjunto de personas que reciben un servicio = constituency.

* contra toda persona = all comers.

* crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.

* cualquier otra persona = anybody else.

* cualquier persona = anyone, any Tom, Dick or Harry.

* cuidados para personas de la tercera edad = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].

* cuidados para personas mayores = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].

* de persona = personal.

* de personas con autoridad moral = authoritative.

* de primera persona = first-person.

* de una sola persona = one-man.

* dirigido a las personas = people-centred, people-oriented.

* dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.

* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.

* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.

* en persona = in person, walk-in, in the flesh, face-to-face [face to face].

* grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.

* inicial del segundo nombre de pila de una persona = middle initial.

* la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.

* la misma persona = one and the same person.

* la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.

* lista de personas de contacto = contact list.

* lista de personas y cometidos = duty roster.

* mala persona = rotten apple, a bad lot.

* ninguna otra persona = no one else.

* oír por segundas personas = hear + second-hand.

* orientado a la persona = human-oriented.

* orientado al servicio de las personas = people-centred.

* otra persona = somebody else, someone else, somebody else, not me.

* para algunas personas = to some people.

* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.

* pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.

* pérdida de persona querida = emotional loss.

* persona a cargo = dependent.

* persona aprensiva = apprehensive.

* persona atrevida = risk taker.

* persona audaz = risk taker.

* persona aún por determinar = nomen nominandum [N.N.].

* persona becada = fundee.

* persona civil = civilian.

* persona competente = a good sport.

* persona común = ordinary person.

* persona con ahorros = saver.

* persona con ambición = high flyer [high flier, -USA], go-getter.

* persona con doble personalidad = Jekyll and Hyde.

* persona con éxito = successful person.

* persona con iniciativa = go-getter.

* persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.

* persona con llave = keyholder.

* persona con mala ortografía = speller.

* persona con mucha ambición = social climber.

* persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].

* persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.

* persona de acción = doer.

* persona de adentro = insider.

* persona de altos vuelos = high flyer [high flier, -USA].

* persona de color = non-white [nonwhite], coloured man, coloured woman, coloured [colored, -USA].

* persona de conducta desviada = deviant.

* persona de confianza = good old boy, sounding board.

* persona de contacto = contact, correspondent, contact person, named contact.

* persona de edad avanzada = elderly person.

* persona de éxito = successful person.

* persona de fuera = outsider.

* persona dejada = slob.

* persona de la alta sociedad = socialite.

* persona de la propia empresa = insider.

* persona de la tercera edad = elder.

* persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].

* persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].

* persona de raza blanca = white.

* persona de raza negra = black.

* persona designada = nominee, designate.

* persona designada para un cargo = appointee.

* persona destacada = standout.

* persona divorciada = divorcee.

* persona emprendedora = go-getter.

* persona encargada de actualizar = maintainer.

* persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.

* persona encargada de las relaciones públicas = PR man [PR men, -pl.].

* persona encargada de recabar fondos = fundraiser [fund-raiser].

* persona en prácticas = trainee, intern.

* persona entusiasta y trabajadora = eager beaver.

* persona estúpida = no-brainer.

* persona famosa = famous person.

* persona ilusa = daydreamer.

* persona influyente = influencer, mover and shaker, heavy weight [heavyweight].

* persona informada = insider.

* persona innovadora = innovator.

* persona inquieta = fidget.

* persona inscrita = registrant.

* persona interesada = taker.

* persona joven = youth.

* persona mañosa = handyman [handymen, pl.].

* persona más destacada = top person [top people, -pl.].

* persona más relevante = top person [top people, -pl.].

* persona mayor = elder.

* persona medianamente cultivada = middlebrow [middle-brow].

* persona muy ocupada = busy beaver, busy bee.

* persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.

* persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.

* persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.

* persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.

* persona nerviosa = fidget.

* persona no experta = non-scholar.

* persona no grata = persona non grata.

* persona no muy lista pero trabajadora = plodder.

* persona normal = ordinary person.

* persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.

* persona o mecanismo que resuelve problemas = solver.

* persona opuesta a = resister (of/against).

* persona problemática = troublemaker.

* persona que abandona Algo = quitter.

* persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.

* persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.

* persona que busca y vive de lo que encuentra en las playas = beachcomber.

* persona que cambia de trabajo con demasiada frecuencia = job-hopper.

* persona que concede una franquicia = franchiser [franchisor].

* persona que contempla o mira algo = beholder.

* persona que convoca una reunión = convener [convenor].

* persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.

* persona que da consuelo = comforter.

* persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.

* persona que desfigura Algo = defacer.

* persona que desprecia u odia = despiser.

* persona que desvela escándalos o corrupción = muckraker.

* persona que duerme bien = good sleeper.

* persona que elabora el plan de estudios = syllabus maker.

* persona que escucha a escondidas = eavesdropper.

* persona que escucha en secreto = eavesdropper.

* persona que está a dieta = dieter.

* persona que está aprendiendo a conducir = learner driver.

* persona que está de picnic = picnicker.

* persona que hace encajes = tatter.

* persona que hace striptease = stripper.

* persona que hace una cita bibliográfica = citator.

* persona que hace un comentario = commenter.

* persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.

* persona que ha llegado donde está por su propio esfuerzo = self-made-man, the.

* persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.

* persona que intenta averiguar y resolver problemas = troubleshooter.

* persona que le desea suerte a otra = well-wisher.

* persona que le gusta flirtear = flirt.

* persona que llama = caller.

* persona que no le gusta leer = aliterate.

* persona que no pertenece a la familia = nonrelative [non-relative].

* persona que no se sale del lugar donde vive = stay-at-home.

* persona que nunca se deshace de nada = packrat, hoarder, magpie.

* persona que obtiene una franquicia = franchisee.

* persona que paga impuestos = taxpayer [tax-payer].

* persona que permanece en un puesto de trabajo = stayer.

* persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.

* persona que pone en práctica Algo = adopter.

* persona que practica el sillonball = couch potato.

* persona que recibe asesoramiento = counselee.

* persona que recoge algo = picker.

* persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.

* persona que rinde más de lo esperado = overachiever.

* persona que rinde por debajo de su capacidad = underachiever.

* persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.

* persona que se cree Algo = biter.

* persona que se cuida la línea = weight watcher.

* persona que se dedica a una tarea monótona = harmless drudge.

* persona que se dedica a una terea monótona = harmless drudge.

* persona que se desarrolla tarde = late bloomer.

* persona que se opone a Algo = opponent.

* persona que se promociona a sí misma = self-promoter.

* persona que se queja = complainant, complainer.

* persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.

* persona que sufre de insomio = insomniac.

* persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.

* persona que toma la última decisión = decider.

* persona que utiliza la biblioteca = non-library user.

* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].

* persona que va por libre = outsider.

* persona que ve = sighted person.

* persona que ve/observa = watcher.

* persona que visita un servicio voluntariamente en sus ratos libres = drop-in.

* persona que viste a la antigua = frump.

* persona reacia a la lectura = aliterate.

* persona recta = mensch.

* personas = humans, party, people, public.

* personas como = the likes of.

* personas con ceguera parcial = partially-sighted.

* personas con deficiencias auditivas, las = hearing impaired, the.

* personas con deficiencias mentales corregibles = educably mentally handicapped (EMH).

* personas con discapacidades mentales, las = intellectually disabled, the.

* personas con discapacidades mentales = intellectually disabled people.

* personas con éxito, las = successful, the.

* personas con problemas de lectura = print handicapped people, print handicapped, the.

* personas con problemas de lectura de la letra impresa = print disabled people.

* personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.

* personas con problemas mentales = disturbed people.

* personas con trastornos emocionales = disturbed people.

* personas de color = coloured people.

* personas de la tercera edad, las = elderly, the.

* personas de piel blanca, las = fair skinned, the.

* personas en desventaja = disadvantaged, the.

* personas faltas de servicios, las = underserved, the.

* personas famosas = those held up for praise.

* personas importantes = those held up for praise.

* persona sin hogar = waif, homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].

* persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.

* persona sin techo = homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].

* personas mayores = older people, elderly people.

* personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.

* personas muy activas, las = those on the go.

* personas muy ocupadas, las = those on the go.

* personas no invitadas, las = uninvited, the.

* persona solitaria = lone wolf.

* personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.

* personas que siempre están viajando, las = those on the go.

* personas que son duras de oído, las = hard of hearing, the.

* personas relevantes = those held up for praise.

* personas sin conocimientos técnicos, las = non-technical, the.

* personas sin hogar = homelessness.

* personas sin hogar, las = homeless, the.

* personas sin techo = homelessness.

* personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.

* persona subvencionada = fundee.

* persona temerosa = risk taker.

* persona típica, la = average man, the.

* persona u organismo que recorta presupuestos o ayuda a reducir gastos = cost-cutter.

* persona vaga y mal vestida = slob.

* por persona = per person.

* préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.

* primera persona = first person.

* representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.

* ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.

* ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.

* ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.

* tipo de persona = public.

* todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.

* trabajar como persona en prácticas = intern.

* tráfico de personas = foot fall.

* tropezar una persona con otra = fall over + each other's feet.

* usuario en persona = walk-in user.

* visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.

* visión de una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.

* * *

persona

feminine

A

1 (ser humano) person

es una persona muy educada/simpática he's/she's a very polite/likable person

había tres personas esperando there were three people waiting

en el coche caben cinco personas the car can take five people

[ S ] carga máxima: ocho personas o 500 kilos maximum capacity: eight persons or 500 kilos

como persona no me gusta I don't like him as a person

¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? how many people do you have reporting to you?

en la persona del Rey se concentra el poder civil y militar civil and military power resides in the King himself

se rindió homenaje a los ex-combatientes en la persona de … tribute was paid to the war veterans who were represented by …

las personas interesadas pueden presentarse mañana a las diez all those interested may come along tomorrow at ten o'clock

es una persona de recursos she's a resourceful person, she's resourceful

2 ( en locs):

de persona a persona person to person

conferencia telefónica de persona a persona person-to-person call

en persona in person

vino en persona a traerme la carta she brought me the letter in person

conozco su obra, pero no lo conozco en persona I know his work, but I don't know him personally

deberán presentarse en persona you must come personally o in person

es el orden/la estupidez en persona he is orderliness/stupidity personified

por persona: la comida salió a 20 dólares por persona the meal came to 20 dollars a head

sólo se venden dos entradas por persona you can only get two tickets per person o per head

hay dos trozos por persona there are two pieces each

Compuestos:

● persona desplazada

displaced person

● persona física

individual

● persona jurídica or moral

legal entity

● persona natural

individual

● persona no or non grata

persona non grata

B ( Ling) person

la primera persona del singular/plural the first person singular/plural

* * *

Del verbo personarse: ( conjugate personarse)

se persona es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

persona sustantivo femenino
a) ( ser humano) person;

◊ una persona muy educada a very polite person;

dos o más personas two or more people;
las personas interesadas … all those interested …
b) ( en locs)

◊ en persona ‹ir/presentarse› in person;

no lo conozco en persona I don't know him personally;
por persona per person;
solo se venden dos entradas por persona you can only get two tickets per person;
la comida costó 20 dólares por persona the meal cost 20 dollars per o a head
c) (Ling) person

persona sustantivo femenino
1 (individuo) person, people pl: es una persona muy sensible, he is a very sensitive person
no es mala persona, he isn't a bad sort
había demasiadas personas, there were too many people
familiar persona mayor, grown-up
persona non grata, persona non grata
2 persona jurídica, legal entity
3 Ling person
tercera persona del singular, third person singular
♦ Locuciones: en persona, in person
por persona, per person
' persona' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abajo
- abandonar
- abandonada
- abandonado
- abierta
- abierto
- abordar
- aborregarse
- abrazarse
- abrigada
- abrigado
- acaparar
- acartonarse
- acoger
- acogedor
- acogedora
- acogida
- acostarse
- adaptable
- adefesio
- adusta
- adusto
- afanosa
- afanoso
- afianzarse
- afortunada
- afortunado
- agobiante
- aguatera
- aguatero
- ajena
- ajeno
- alcanzar
- alevosa
- alevoso
- alhaja
- alma
- alquilar
- alta
- alto
- alza
- amén
- amordazar
- animar
- animadversión
- animal
- animarse
- anular
- apaciguarse
English:
abandon
- absence
- accept
- accessible
- acquaintance
- act up
- action
- activity
- adaptable
- address
- adjust
- adjustment
- admit
- adult
- advance
- affect
- affluent
- agreeable
- air
- airy
- aloof
- am
- angry
- annoyance
- appealing
- appoint
- approach
- approachable
- approve of
- armchair
- armor
- armour
- around
- arrival
- articulate
- ask
- ask for
- ass
- assassin
- assassination
- assign
- astute
- attractive
- available
- awkward
- ax
- axe
- baby
- background
- backward

* * *

persona nf

1. [individuo] person;

vinieron varias personas several people came;

cien personas a hundred people;

la persona responsable the person in charge;

las personas adultas adults;

necesitan la mediación de una tercera persona they need the mediation of a third party;

ser buena persona to be nice;

ha venido el obispo en persona the bishop came in person;

este niño es el demonio en persona this child is the very devil;

de persona a persona person to person, one to one;

por persona per head

Comp
persona de contacto contact person;
persona mayor adult, grown-up;

persona non grata persona non grata

2. Der party

Comp
persona física natural o legal person;
persona jurídica legal entity o person

3. Gram person;

la segunda persona del singular the second person singular

4. Rel person

* * *

persona

f person;

quince personas fifteen people;

persona (humana) human being;

persona mayor elderly person buena/mala persona nice/nasty person;

en persona in person

* * *

persona nf

: person

* * *

persona n person person se usa sobre todo en singular. Para el plural se dice people

¿cuántas personas había? how many people were there?

en persona in person

persona mayor grown up

Spanish-English dictionary > persona
5 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
6 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
7 من

مِن \ by: (showing how sth. is done): We hold things by the handle. We know people by name. We learn by experience. We earn money by working. from: showing the time that sth. started: I waited from six o’clock till eight, showing where sth. began or was obtained Are men descended from monkeys? He read aloud from the newspaper, showing cause He suffered from stomach pains, showing the lower limit of costs, numbers, etc. New bicycles cost from $60 to $90 each, showing a change The price rose from 20 pence to 25 pence, showing difference I don’t know one from the other, showing the place that one has left He arrived from Glasgow. of: (after a noun) showing contents, amount, kind, etc.: a cup of coffee (a cup that contains coffee); a cupful of coffee (enough coffee to fill a cup); a pound of sugar (sugar that weighs a pound); a piece of bread (not a whole loaf), (after an adj. or verb) concerning; about: I’m sure of it. She’s afraid of mice, (after a verb) showing a cause He died of hunger, (after an adj.) showing who did sth. and how he did it It was kind of your father to invite me (Your father was kind...), (after a participle) showing how sth. is formed a dress made of silk. than: used in comparing two objects; here the second subject and verb are always left out: I like you better than him (I like you better than I like him), used in comparing two subjects; it is better to put in the second verb, although some writers leave it out He is taller than I (am). He runs faster than I (do). \ مِن أَجْل \ because of: as a result of: Because of his illness, he could not travel. for: because of: He jumped for joy. She was sent to prison for stealing. for sb. to do sth.: that sb. should do sth.: I’m anxious for him to pass his exams. sake, for the sake of, for sb.’s sake: for the desire of: Why ruin your health for the sake of a little pleasure?, for the good of; so as to help: Soldiers die for the sake of their county (or for their country’s sake). Don’t take any risks for my sake. towards: as a help to: He gave me $5 towards the cost of my bicycle. \ مِن أَجْل ذلك \ hence: (often with no verb) for this reason: My car broke down; hence my late arrival. \ مِن أحدث طِراز \ up to date: up to the present moment; modern; knowing or showing the latest facts: Give me an up-to-date report on political events in South America. \ مِن أَصْل \ out: from among: Ten out of the twenty people were late. \ مِن الأَفْضَل \ preferably: if possible: Any day suits me, but preferably not Sunday. \ مِن الأَفْضَل \ had better: would be wise to: You had better try again tomorrow. \ See Also الأَجْدى لِـ \ مِن الآن \ hence: from now: A week hence I shall be in Rome. \ مِن... إلى \ from... to...: (without a or the) showing passage of time, distance in space, or repeated action: He visits me from time to time. He went from house to house in search of work. \ مِن آن إلى آخر \ every now and again, every now and then: again and again, but with no regular space between. \ مِن الآن فَصَاعِدًا \ henceforth, henceforward: from now on; in future. on: onwards: From now on I shall be more careful. \ مِن البداية إلى النهاية \ through: passing from one side or place to another; making a continuous journey: a through train. \ مِن بَعْدُ \ since: after; during the period after: I saw him on Tuesday, but I haven’t seen him since. I’ve been thinking about him ever since. \ مِن بَعيد \ from afar: from a great distance. \ مِن بَين \ out of: from among: Ten out of the twenty people were late. \ مِن ثَمَّ \ subsequently: afterwards: He became ill in the winter, and subsequently died. \ مِن جَانِبٍ إِلَى آخر \ across: form one side to the other: Run across before a car comes. The river is half a mile across. over: so that a different side is upwards: Turn the page over. Roll the body over. \ مِن جَديد \ afresh: again; making a new beginning: Tear up this page and start afresh. \ مِن جَمِيع الجهَات \ around: on all sides (of); round; here and there: The boys were running around. A crowd gathered around me. \ مِن جَمِيع الوُجوه تقريبًا \ to all intents and purposes: in regard to all that matters: To all intents and purposes, the work is finished (though a few unimportant points remain to be dealt with). \ مِن جِهة \ in respect of, with respect to, respecting: concerning: a bill in respect of car repairs. on the part of: in the case of; so far as sb. is concerned: There was no mistake on her part (If there was a mistake, it was not hers). \ مِن جهة ومِن الجهة الأخرى \ on the one hand, on the other hand: comparing opposite facts or ideas; the first phrase is often left out: (On the one hand) you can live more cheaply in the country; on the other hand, work is harder to find there. \ مِن الحديد \ iron: made of iron; as strong as iron: an iron bar; an iron will. \ مِن حُسن التوفيق \ happily: fortunately: Happily, he was not hurt in the accident. a good job: a fortunate thing: It’s a good job that you crossed before the bridge fell. fortunately: adv. as the result of good fortune: He fell down but fortunately did not hurt himself. \ See Also لحسن الحظ (لِحُسْنِ الحَظّ)‏ \ مِن حَوْل \ around: on all sides (of); round; here and there: The boys were running around. A crowd gathered around me. \ مِن حَيْثُ شَخْصُهُ \ personally: as a person (in regard to character); socially: I like him personally, but I dislike his political ideas. \ مِن حِين لآخَر \ occasional: happening sometimes, but not regularly: We had an occasional quarrel. now and again, now and then: sometimes. \ مِن خِلال \ through: from one side to the other; from one end to the other: He drove a nail through (the board). A river ran through (the town). Water runs through pipes. I looked through the window, but I couldn’t see far through the mist. I read through my notes. \ مِن الدرجة الأولى \ first-class, first-rate: of the best quality: He is a first-class photographer. \ مِن سُخْرِية الأقدار \ ironic(al): (of events) like a cruel joke: It was ironical that she should break her leg just when she had at last got a job as a dancer. \ مِنَ الشرق \ eastern: belonging to the east. \ مِن صُنْعِ اليَد \ hand-made: made by hand, not by a machine: Hand-made shoes. \ مِن الضروريّ أن كما \ must: (p.t.. had to, neg.. needn’t, don’t/didn’t need to; don’t/didn’t have to) need to: You must go now, mustn’t you? Yes, I must. No, I needn’t go yet. \ مِن الطبيعيّ \ it goes without saying (that): naturally; of course: The invitation was sent to me; but it goes without saying that my wife is included. \ مِن الطراز القديم \ old-fashioned: (of people) holding on to old ideas and customs; (of things) not modern; no longer used. \ مِن طَرَف لآخر \ through: passing from one side or place to another; making a continuous journey: a through train. \ مِن عَجيب التَّقادِير \ ironic(al): (of events) like a cruel joke: It was ironical that she should break her leg just when she had at last got a job as a dancer. \ مِن عَلى ظهر السفينة \ overboard: over the side of a boat, and into the water: They jumped overboard when the ship was on fire. \ مِن غَيْر \ without: not with; not having: Without doubt, this is the best. I did it without his help. He took my bicycle without asking me. \ مِن غَيْر حَرَج \ freely: readily: They freely accepted my advice. \ مِنَ الفراء \ fur: animal skin, with the fur on it, used as clothing: a coat with a collar of fur; a fur hat. \ مِنَ الفِراش \ up: out of bed: I get up at 6.30 every morning. We stayed up very late last night. \ مِن فَضْلِك \ kindly: please!: kindly close the door!. please: (when asking) giving a polite order: Please stop that noise. A cup of coffee, please, asking for a favour or for permission Will you help me, please? Please, may I use your pen?. \ مِن فَوْق \ over: across, from one side of sth. to the other: He jumped over the fence. The gate was locked, so he climbed over. \ مِن فَوق سَطْح المَرْكَب \ overboard: over the side of a boat, and into the water: They jumped overboard when the ship was on fire. \ مِن قَبْل \ ago: before the present time: 100 years ago; a short while ago. already: before this time: She’s already married. before: at an earlier time (than): I have been here before. beforehand: before; early; in readiness: If you want your dinner early, warn the cook beforehand. \ مِن قِبَل \ by: (showing who or what did sth.): He was bitten by a dog. \ مِن قَلْبٍ مُخْلص \ heartily: thoroughly: I heartily agree with you. \ مِنَ المُؤسِف \ pity: (with a) an unfortunate fact or happening: It’s a pity that you can’t go with us to the cinema. \ مِنَ المُحَتَّم \ bound, (bind, bound) to: certain to: He’s bound to win. \ See Also المُؤَكَّد أَنّ \ مِنَ المُحْتَمَل \ likely: (usu. with very, most, more or quite) probably: She’s very likely right. well: (with may) very possibly; with good reason: He may well be late if the road is being repaired. \ مِن مُدّةٍ قريبة \ the other day: a few days ago: I met your son the other day. \ مِن المَرْتَبَة أو الدَّرَجة الثّانِية \ second-class: of the next level below that of top quality: The less comfortable second-class seats were much cheaper than the first-class ones. \ مِن المَفْروض أنّ \ be supposed to: to have a duty to; be expected to: You’re supposed to be working now, not playing. You’re not supposed to be here (You ought not be here). \ مِن مَكانٍ لآخَر \ about: from place to place in: We wandered about the town. \ مِن المُمْكِن \ could, (could not, couldn’t): (with an if clause, showing a possibility that depends on sth. else) would be able to: She could buy it if you lent her the money. possibly: perhaps: Possibly you can help. well: (with may) very possibly; with good reason: He may well be late if the road is being repaired.. \ مِنَ المُمْكِن أن \ could, (could not, couldn’t): (showing a simple possibility): You could telephone her (if you wanted to). might: expressing a weak possibility (future, present or past): She might do that tomorrow; she might be doing it at this moment; she might even have done it already (but I doubt that she has done it or ever will do it). \ مِنْ ناحية... مِنَ الناحية الأخرى \ on the one hand, on the other hand: comparing opposite facts or ideas; the first phrase is often left out: (On the one hand) you can live more cheaply in the country; on the other hand, work is harder to find there. \ مِن النّاحية النظريّة \ in theory: as an idea; according to ideas: Your plan may work in theory, but it will not work in practice. \ مِنَ النُّبَلاء \ earl: the title of a British nobleman. \ مِنَ النُّبَلاء \ noble: of high rank: a woman of noble birth. \ See Also الأشراف \ مِنْ نِتاج الوَطَن \ home-grown: (of food) grown in one’s own country, not in another country: home-grown vegetables. \ مِنْ نُسْخَتَين \ in duplicate: on two separate copies: Please complete this list in duplicate. \ مِنْ نَسْل \ descendant: sb. who is descended from a person: a descendant of Queen Victoria. \ See Also ذرية (ذُرِّيَّة)‏ \ مِنْ نَفْس البَلَد \ countryman, countrymen: (usu. fellow countryman) a person of the same nation as another. \ مِنْ نوع راق \ classical: of proved and lasting value: classical music. \ مَنْ هُم أَعْلَى مقَامًا \ betters, one’s betters: those who have more experience or higher rank than onself: Treat your betters with more respect. \ See Also أَرْفَع شَأنًا مِن \ مِن هُنَا \ away: (with verbs of movement) to a distance: Go away! We drove the dog away. by: past: Please let me (get) by. He smiled as he went by. \ مَن هو أَعْلَى دَرَجَةً \ superior: sb. of higher rank: You must obey your superiors. \ مِن واجبه أن \ up to: the duty of: It’s up to his father to punish him. \ مِن وَاحِد إلى آخَر \ over: across, from one person to another: She handed over the keys to a friend. \ مِن الواضح \ much: (in comparison; before most, etc.) without doubt; clearly: He is much the most experienced player in the team. \ مِن وَراءِ ظَهْرِه \ behind sb.’s back: when someone is not present: He tells untrue stories about me behind my back. \ مِن وَقْت لاِخَر \ now and again: sometimes. off and on, on and off: not continuously; at one time and another: It has been raining off and on the whole day. sometimes: at certain times but not always: Sometimes I win and sometimes I don’t. England sometimes has a hot summer, but not often.

Arabic-English dictionary > من
8 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
9 sua

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sua
10 suum

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suum
11 suus

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suus
12 time

1. noun
1) no pl., no art. Zeit, die

the greatest composer of all time — der größte Komponist aller Zeiten

for all time — für immer [und ewig]

past/present/future time — Vergangenheit, die/Gegenwart, die/Zukunft, die

stand the test of time — die Zeit überdauern; sich bewähren

in [the course of] time, as time goes on/went on — mit der Zeit; im Laufe der Zeit

as old as time — uralt

time will tell or show — die Zukunft wird es zeigen

at this point or moment in time — zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt

time flies — die Zeit vergeht [wie] im Fluge

work against time — unter Zeitdruck arbeiten

in time, with time — (sooner or later) mit der Zeit

2) (interval, available or allotted period) Zeit, die

in a week's/month's/year's time — in einer Woche/in einem Monat/Jahr

there is time for that — dafür ist od. haben wir noch Zeit

it takes me all my time to do it — es beansprucht meine ganze Zeit, es zu tun

give one's time to something — einer Sache (Dat.) seine Zeit opfern

waste of time — Zeitverschwendung, die

spend [most of one's/a lot of] time on something/[in] doing something — [die meiste/viel] Zeit mit etwas zubringen/damit verbringen, etwas zu tun

I have been waiting for some/a long time — ich warte schon seit einiger Zeit/schon lange

she will be there for [quite] some time — sie wird ziemlich lange dort sein

be pressed for time — keine Zeit haben; (have to finish quickly) in Zeitnot sein

pass the time — sich (Dat.) die Zeit vertreiben

length of time — Zeit[dauer], die

make time for somebody/something — sich (Dat.) für jemanden/etwas Zeit nehmen

a short time ago — vor kurzem

that's a long time ago — das ist schon lange her

in one's own time — in seiner Freizeit; (whenever one wishes) wann man will

take one's time [over something] — sich (Dat.) [für etwas] Zeit lassen; (be slow) sich (Dat.) Zeit [mit etwas] lassen

time is money — (prov.) Zeit ist Geld (Spr.)

in [good] time — (not late) rechtzeitig

all the or this time — die ganze Zeit; (without ceasing) ständig

in [less than or next to] no time — innerhalb kürzester Zeit; im Nu od. Handumdrehen

in half the time — in der Hälfte der Zeit

half the time — (coll.): (as often as not) fast immer

it will take [some] time — es wird einige Zeit dauern

have the/no time — Zeit/keine Zeit haben

have no time for somebody/something — für jemanden/etwas ist einem seine Zeit zu schade

there is no time to lose or be lost — es ist keine Zeit zu verlieren

lose no time in doing something — (not delay) etwas unverzüglich tun

do time — (coll.) eine Strafe absitzen (ugs.)

in my time — (heyday) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.); (in the course of my life) im Laufe meines Lebens

in my time — (period at a place) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.)

time off or out — freie Zeit

get/take time off — frei bekommen/sich (Dat.) frei nehmen (ugs.)

Time! — (Boxing) Stop!; Time!; (Brit.): (in pub) Feierabend!

have a lot of time for somebody — (fig.) für jemandem viel übrig haben

3) no pl. (moment or period destined for purpose) Zeit, die

harvest/Christmas time — Ernte-/Weihnachtszeit, die

there is a time and place for everything — alles zu seiner Zeit

now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die richtige Zeit, es zu tun

time for lunch — Zeit zum Mittagessen

it is time to go — es wird Zeit zu gehen

and not before time — und es wurde auch Zeit

when the time comes/came — wenn es so weit ist/als es so weit war

on time — (punctually) pünktlich

ahead of time — zu früh [ankommen]; vorzeitig [fertig werden]

all in good time — alles zu seiner Zeit; see also academic.ru/5926/be">be 2. 1)

4) in sing. or pl. (circumstances) Zeit, die

times are good/bad/have changed — die Zeiten sind gut/schlecht/haben sich verändert

have a good time — Spaß haben (ugs.); sich amüsieren

have a hard time [of it] — eine schwere Zeit durchmachen

5) (associated with events or person[s]) Zeit, die

in time of peace/war — in Friedens-/Kriegszeiten

in Tudor/ancient times — zur Zeit der Tudors/der Antike

in former/modern times — früher/heutzutage

ahead of or before one's/its time — seiner Zeit voraus

at one time — (previously) früher

6) (occasion) Mal, das

for the first time — zum ersten Mal

next time you come — wenn du das nächste Mal kommst

ten/a hundred/a thousand times — zehn- / hundert- / tausendmal

many times — sehr oft

many's the time [that]..., many a time... — viele Male...

at all times — jederzeit

at times — gelegentlich

from time to time — von Zeit zu Zeit

at other times — sonst

at one time or another — irgendwann einmal

at a time like this/that — unter diesen/solchen Umständen

at the or that time — (in the past) damals

at one time, at [one and] the same time — (simultaneously) gleichzeitig

at the same time — (nevertheless) gleichwohl

between times — zwischendurch

time and [time] again, time after time — immer [und immer] wieder

pay somebody £6 a time — jemandem für jedes Mal 6 Pfund zahlen

one at a time — einzeln

two at a time — jeweils zwei

for hours/weeks at a time — stundenlang/wochenlang [ohne Unterbrechung]

7) (point in day etc.) [Uhr]zeit, die

at the same time every morning — jeden Morgen um dieselbe Zeit

what time is it?, what is the time? — wie spät ist es?

have you [got] the time? — kannst du mir sagen, wie spät es ist?

tell the time — (read a clock) die Uhr lesen

time of day — Tageszeit, die

[at this] time of [the] year — [um diese] Jahreszeit

at this time of [the] night — zu dieser Nachtstunde

pass the time of day — (coll.) ein paar Worte wechseln

by this/that time — inzwischen

by the time [that] we arrived — bis wir hinkamen

[by] this time tomorrow — morgen um diese Zeit

keep good time — [Uhr:] genau od. richtig gehen

8) (amount) Zeit, die

make good time — gut vorwärts kommen

[your] time's up! — deine Zeit ist um (ugs.) od. abgelaufen

9) (multiplication) mal

three times four — drei mal vier

four times the size of/higher than something — viermal so groß wie/höher als etwas

10) (Mus.) (duration of note) Zeitdauer, die; (measure) Takt, der

in three-four time — im Dreivierteltakt

keep in time with the music — den Takt halten

out of time/in time — aus dem/im Takt

keep time with something — bei etwas den Takt [ein]halten
2. transitive verb
1) (do at correct time) zeitlich abstimmen

be well/ill timed — zur richtigen/falschen Zeit kommen

2) (set to operate at correct time) justieren (Technik); einstellen

3) (arrange time of arrival/departure of)

the bus is timed to connect with the train — der Bus hat einen direkten Anschluss an den Zug

be timed to take 90 minutes — fahrplanmäßig 90 Minuten dauern

4) (measure time taken by) stoppen

time an egg — auf die richtige Kochdauer für ein Ei achten
•• Cultural note:
Times - The Times

Eine britische überregionale Tageszeitung, deren Pendant am Sonntag The Sunday Times ist. Sie ist eine broadsheet-Zeitung und zählt zur seriösen Presse. Sie ist politisch unabhängig, wird jedoch gemeinhin als konservativ angesehen. Sie ist die älteste Zeitung in England und wurde erstmals 1785 veröffentlicht

* * *
1. noun
1) (the hour of the day: What time is it?; Can your child tell the time yet?) die Zeit

2) (the passage of days, years, events etc: time and space; Time will tell.) die Zeit

3) (a point at which, or period during which, something happens: at the time of his wedding; breakfast-time.)

4) (the quantity of minutes, hours, days etc, eg spent in, or available for, a particular activity etc: This won't take much time to do; I enjoyed the time I spent in Paris; At the end of the exam, the supervisor called `Your time is up!') die Zeit

5) (a suitable moment or period: Now is the time to ask him.) der Zeitpunkt

6) (one of a number occasions: He's been to France four times.) das Mal

7) (a period characterized by a particular quality in a person's life, experience etc: He went through an unhappy time when she died; We had some good times together.) die Zeiten (pl.)

8) (the speed at which a piece of music should be played; tempo: in slow time.) das Tempo
2. verb
1) (to measure the time taken by (a happening, event etc) or by (a person, in doing something): He timed the journey.) Zeit messen von

2) (to choose a particular time for: You timed your arrival beautifully!) den Zeitpunkt wählen

•

- timeless
- timelessly
- timelessness
- timely
- timeliness
- timer
- times
- timing
- time bomb
- time-consuming
- time limit
- time off
- time out
- timetable
- all in good time
- all the time
- at times
- be behind time
- for the time being
- from time to time
- in good time
- in time
- no time at all
- no time
- one
- two at a time
- on time
- save
- waste time
- take one's time
- time and time again
- time and again
* * *

time

[taɪm]

I. NOUN

1. no pl (considered as a whole) Zeit f

\time stood still die Zeit stand still

\time marches [or moves] on die Zeit bleibt nicht stehen

the best player of all \time der bester Spieler aller Zeiten

in the course of \time mit der Zeit

over the course of \time im Lauf[e] der Zeit

to be a matter [or question] of \time eine Frage der Zeit sein

\time is on sb's side die Zeit arbeitet für jdn

as \time goes by [or on] im Lauf[e] der Zeit

to kill \time die Zeit totschlagen

to make \time for sth sich dat die Zeit für etw akk nehmen

\time-tested [alt]bewährt

for all \time für immer [o alle Zeit]

in \time mit der Zeit

over [or with] \time im Lauf[e] der Zeit

2. no pl (period, duration) Zeit f

\time's up ( fam) die Zeit ist um

we spent part of the \time in Florence, and part of the \time in Rome wir verbrachten unsere Zeit teils in Florenz und teils in Rom

you'll forget her, given \time mit der Zeit wirst du sie vergessen

it will take some \time es wird eine Weile dauern

sorry, folks, we're [all] out of \time now AM, AUS ( fam) tut mir leid Leute, aber wir sind schon über der Zeit

I haven't seen one of those in a long \time so etwas habe ich schon lange nicht mehr gesehen

half the \time, he misses class er fehlt die halbe Zeit

the \time is ripe die Zeit ist reif

we talked about old \times wir sprachen über alte Zeiten

breakfast/holiday \time Frühstücks-/Urlaubszeit f

extra \time SPORT Verlängerung f

they played extra \time sie mussten in die Verlängerung

three minutes into extra \time, Ricardo scored the decisive goal nach drei Minuten Verlängerung erzielte Ricardo das entscheidende Tor

free [or spare] \time Freizeit f

future \time Zukunft f

injury \time BRIT SPORT Nachspielzeit f

to have \time on one's hands viel Zeit zur Verfügung haben

at this moment in \time zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt

period of \time Zeitraum m

for a prolonged period of \time über einen längeren Zeitraum

running \time FILM Spielzeit f

past \time Vergangenheit f

present \time Gegenwart f

in one week's \time in einer Woche

in one's own \time in seiner Freizeit

a short \time later kurz darauf

some/a long \time ago vor einiger/langer Zeit

most of the \time meistens

to do sth for a \time etw eine Zeit lang tun

to find [the] \time to do sth Zeit finden, etw zu tun

to gain/lose \time Zeit gewinnen/verlieren

there's no \time to lose [or to be lost] wir dürfen [jetzt] keine Zeit verlieren, es ist höchste Zeit

to give sb a hard \time ( fam) jdm zusetzen

to have the \time of one's life sich akk großartig amüsieren

to have all the \time in the world alle Zeit der Welt haben

to have an easy/hard \time with sth keine Probleme/Probleme mit etw dat haben

to make \time for sb/sth sich dat Zeit für jdn/etw nehmen

to pass the \time sich dat die Zeit vertreiben

to be pressed for \time in Zeitnot sein

to run out of \time nicht genügend Zeit haben

to save \time Zeit sparen

to spend [a lot of] \time [in] doing sth [viel] Zeit damit verbringen, etw zu tun

to take [a long/short] \time [lange/nicht lange] dauern

to take one's \time sich dat Zeit lassen

to take the \time and trouble to do sth sich dat die Mühe machen, etw zu tun

to waste \time Zeit vergeuden [o verschwenden]

to waste sb's \time jds Zeit vergeuden

after a \time nach einer gewissen Zeit

all the [or this] \time die ganze Zeit; (always) immer

for a \time eine Zeit lang

for a long/short \time [für] lange/kurze Zeit

for the \time being vorläufig

leave the ironing for the \time being - I'll do it later lass das Bügeln einst mal - ich mach's später

in no [or next to no] [or less than no] \time [at all] im Nu

3. (pertaining to clocks)

have you got the \time? können Sie mir sagen, wie spät es ist?

what's the \time? [or what \time is it?] wie spät ist es?

excuse me, have you got the \time [on you]? Entschuldigung, haben Sie eine Uhr?

can you already tell the \time? na, kannst du denn schon die Uhr lesen?

oh dear, is that the right \time? oh je, ist es denn wirklich schon so spät/noch so früh?

the \time is 8.30 es ist 8.30 Uhr

to keep bad/good \time watch, clock falsch/richtig gehen

to gain/lose \time watch, clock vor-/nachgehen

4. (specific time or hour) Zeit f

the \time is drawing near when we'll have to make a decision der Zeitpunkt, zu dem wir uns entscheiden müssen, rückt immer näher

he recalled the \time when they had met er erinnerte sich daran, wie sie sich kennengelernt hatten

do you remember the \time Alistair fell into the river? erinnerst du dich noch daran, wie Alistair in den Fluss fiel?

we always have dinner at the same \time wir essen immer um dieselbe Zeit zu Abend

I was exhausted by the \time I got home ich war erschöpft, als ich zu Hause ankam

I'll call you ahead of \time esp AM ich rufe dich noch davor an

at this \time of day/year zu dieser Tages-/Jahreszeit

for this \time of day/year für diese Tages-/Jahreszeit

what are you doing here at this \time of the day [or night]? was machst du um diese Uhrzeit hier?

this \time tomorrow/next month morgen/nächsten Monat um diese Zeit

5. (occasion) Mal nt

the last \time we went to Paris,... das letzte Mal, als wir nach Paris fuhren,...

I'll know better next \time das nächste Mal bin ich schlauer

there are \times when I... es gibt Augenblicke, in denen ich...

sometimes I enjoy doing it, but at other \times I hate it manchmal mache ich es gerne, dann wiederum gibt es Momente, in denen ich es hasse

every [or each] \time jedes Mal

for the first \time zum ersten Mal

some other \time ein andermal

one/two at a \time jeweils eine(r, s)/zwei; persons jeweils einzeln/zu zweit

at \times manchmal

at all \times immer, jederzeit

at any [given] [or [any] one] \time immer, jederzeit

at the \time damals

at the best of \times im besten [o günstigen] Fall[e]

he can't read a map at the best of \times er kann nicht mal unter normalen Umständen eine Karte lesen

at the present [or AM this] \time im Moment

from \time to \time gelegentlich, ab und zu

6. (frequency) Mal nt

the \times I've told you... [or how many \times have I told you...] wie oft habe ich dir schon gesagt...

these shares are selling at 10 \time earnings diese Aktien werden mit einem Kurs-Gewinn-Verhältnis von 10 verkauft

\time and [\time] again immer [und immer] wieder

three/four \times a week/in a row drei/vier Mal in der Woche/hintereinander

three \times champion BRIT, AUS [or AM three \time champion] dreimaliger Meister/dreimalige Meisterin

three \times as much dreimal so viel

for the hundredth/thousandth/umpteenth \time zum hundertsten/tausendsten/x-ten Mal

lots of [or many] \times oft, viele Male

7. no pl (correct moment)

it's \time for bed es ist Zeit, ins Bett zu gehen

the \time has come to... es ist an der Zeit,...

it's \time [that] I was leaving es wird Zeit, dass ich gehe

[and] about \time [too] BRIT, AUS (yet to be accomplished) wird aber auch [langsam] Zeit!; (already accomplished) wurde aber auch [langsam] Zeit!

it's high \time that she was leaving höchste Zeit, dass sie geht!; (already gone) das war aber auch höchste Zeit, dass sie endlich geht!

we finished two weeks ahead of \time wir sind zwei Wochen früher fertig geworden

we arrived in good \time for the start of the match wir sind rechtzeitig zum Spielbeginn angekommen

to do sth dead [or exactly] [or right] on \time ( fam) etw pünktlich machen fam

the bus arrived dead on \time der Bus kam auf die Minute genau

in \time rechtzeitig

on \time pünktlich; (as scheduled) termingerecht

8. often pl (era, lifetime) Zeit f

\times are difficult [or hard] die Zeiten sind hart

at the \time of the Russian Revolution zur Zeit der Russischen Revolution

in Victorian \times im Viktorianischen Zeitalter

she is one of the best writers of modern \times sie ist eine der besten Schriftstellerinnen dieser Tage [o unserer Zeit]

at one \time, George Eliot lived here George Eliot lebte einmal hier

this was before my \time das war vor meiner Zeit

she has grown old before her \time sie ist vorzeitig gealtert

my grandmother has seen a few things in her \time meine Großmutter hat in ihrem Leben einiges gesehen

\time was when you could... es gab Zeiten, da konnte man...

if one had one's \time over again wenn man noch einmal von vorne anfangen könnte

at his \time of life in seinem Alter

the best.... of all \time der/die beste... aller Zeiten

to keep up [or AM change] with the \times mit der Zeit gehen

to be ahead of [or esp BRIT before] one's \time seiner Zeit voraus sein

to be behind the \times seiner Zeit hinterherhinken

from [or since] \time immemorial [or esp BRIT out of mind] seit undenklichen Zeiten

in [or during] former/medieval \times früher/im Mittelalter

in \times gone by früher

in my \time zu meiner Zeit

in our grandparents' \time zu Zeiten unserer Großeltern

in \times past in der Vergangenheit, früher

9. TRANSP (schedule)

arrival/departure \time Ankunfts-/Abfahrtszeit f

10. (hour registration method)

daylight saving \time Sommerzeit f

Greenwich Mean T\time Greenwicher Zeit f

11. SPORT Zeit f

record \time Rekordzeit f

he won the 100 metres in record \time er gewann das 100-Meter-Rennen in einer neuen Rekordzeit

12. (multiplied)

two \times five is ten zwei mal fünf ist zehn

ten \times bigger than... zehnmal so groß wie...

13. no pl MUS Takt m

to be/play out of \time aus dem Takt sein

to beat \time den Rhythmus schlagen

to get out of \time aus dem Takt kommen

to keep \time den Takt halten

in three-four \time im Dreivierteltakt

14. (remunerated work)

part \time Teilzeit f

short \time BRIT Kurzarbeit f

to have \time off frei haben

to take \time off sich dat freinehmen

\time off arbeitsfreie Zeit

to be paid double \time den doppelten Stundensatz [o 100% Zuschlag] bezahlt bekommen

to work [or be on] short \time BRIT kurzarbeiten

15. BRIT (end of pub hours)

“\time [please]!” „Feierabend!“ (wenn ein Pub abends schließt)

16. ([not] like)

to not give sb the \time of day jdn ignorieren

to not have much \time for sb jdn nicht mögen

to have a lot of \time for sb großen Respekt vor jdm haben

17.

▶ \times are changing die Zeiten ändern sich

▶ to do [or serve] \time ( fam) sitzen fig fam

▶ \time is of the essence die Zeit drängt

▶ \time flies [when you're having fun] ( saying) wie die Zeit vergeht!

▶ all good things in all good \time alles zu seiner Zeit

▶ \time is a great healer, \time heals all wounds ( prov) die Zeit heilt alle Wunden prov

▶ \time hangs heavy die Zeit steht still

▶ \time is money ( prov) Zeit ist Geld prov

▶ to know the \time of the day sich akk auskennen

▶ \time moves on [or passes] die Zeit rast

▶ there's a \time and a place [for everything] ( prov) alles zu seiner Zeit

▶ there's no \time like the present ( saying) was du heute kannst besorgen, das verschiebe nicht auf morgen prov

▶ [only] \time can [or will] tell ( saying) erst die Zukunft wird es zeigen

▶ \time and tide wait for no man [or no one] ( prov) man muss die Gelegenheit beim Schopf[e] packen

▶ a week is a long \time in politics ( saying) eine Woche ist lang in der Politik

II. TRANSITIVE VERB

1. (measure duration)

▪ to \time sb over 100 metres jds Zeit beim 100-Meter-Lauf nehmen

the winning team was \timed at 5 minutes 26 seconds die Siegermannschaft wurde mit 5 Minuten und 26 Sekunden gestoppt

to \time an egg darauf achten, dass man fürs Eierkochen die richtige Zeit einhält

2. (choose best moment for)

▪ to \time sth für etw akk den richtigen Zeitpunkt wählen

to be ill/well \timed zum genau falschen/richtigen Zeitpunkt kommen

3. (arrange when sth should happen)

▪ to \time sth to... etw so planen, dass...

we \timed our trip to coincide with her wedding wir legten unsere Reise so, dass sie mit ihrer Hochzeit zusammenfiel

to \time a bomb to explode at... eine Bombe so einstellen, dass sie um... explodiert

* * *
[taɪm]
1. NOUN

1) Zeit f

how time flies! — wie die Zeit vergeht!

only time will tell whether... — es muss sich erst herausstellen, ob...

it takes time to do that — das erfordert or braucht (seine) Zeit

to take (one's) time (over sth) — sich (dat) (bei etw) Zeit lassen

it took me all my time to finish — ich bin gerade noch fertig geworden

in (the course of) time — mit der Zeit

in ( next to or less than) no time — im Nu, im Handumdrehen

at this ( present) point or moment in time — zu diesem or zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt

to have a lot of/no time for sb/sth — viel/keine Zeit für jdn/etw haben; ( fig

to find time (for sb/sth) — Zeit (für jdn/etw) finden

to make time (for sb/sth) — sich (dat) Zeit (für jdn/etw) nehmen

time is on our side — die Zeit arbeitet für uns

he lost no time in telling her —

there is no time to lose — es gibt keine Zeit (mehr) zu verlieren

my time is my own — ich kann frei über meine Zeit verfügen

in or given time — mit der Zeit

in one's own/the company's time — in or während der Freizeit/Arbeitszeit

don't rush, do it in your own time — nur keine Hast, tun Sie es, wie Sie es können

time is money (prov) — Zeit ist Geld (prov)

time and tide wait for no man (Prov) — das Rad der Zeit hält niemand auf (Prov)

for some time past — seit einiger Zeit

I don't know what she's saying half the time (inf) — meistens verstehe ich gar nicht, was sie sagt

in two weeks' time — in zwei Wochen

for a time — eine Zeit lang

not before time (Brit) — das wurde auch (langsam) Zeit

to do time ( inf, in prison ) — sitzen (inf)

I get them mixed up all the time I knew that all the time — ich verwechsle sie immer das wusste ich die ganze Zeit

to be in good time — rechtzeitig dran sein

let me know in good time — sagen Sie mir rechtzeitig Bescheid

all in good time — alles zu seiner Zeit

he'll let you know in his own good time — er wird Ihnen Bescheid sagen, wenn er so weit ist

he does everything in his own good time — er lässt sich bei nichts hetzen

(for) a long time — lange

I'm going away for a long time — ich fahre für or auf längere Zeit weg

it's a long time ( since...) — es ist schon lange her(, seit...)

what a (long) time you have been! — du hast( aber) lange gebraucht!

(for) a short time — kurz

a short time later — kurz darauf

a short time ago — vor Kurzem

in a short time they were all gone — nach kurzer Zeit waren alle gegangen

to have time on one's hands —

too many people who have time on their hands — zu viele Leute, die zu viel freie Zeit haben

having time on my hands I went into a café — da ich (noch) Zeit hatte, ging ich ins Café

2)

by clock what time is it?, what's the time? — wie spät ist es?, wie viel Uhr ist es?

what time do you make it? — wie spät haben Sies?

my watch keeps good time — meine Uhr geht genau

the time is 2.30 — es ist 2.30 Uhr, die Zeit: 2.30 Uhr

it's 2 o'clock local time — es ist 2.00 Uhr Ortszeit

what was his time? (in race) — welche Zeit hatte er?

the winning time was... — die Zeit des Siegers war...

it's time (for me/us etc) to go, it's time I was/we were etc going, it's time I/we etc went — es wird Zeit, dass ich gehe/wir gehen etc

it's time for tea — es ist Teezeit

time gentlemen please! — Feierabend! (inf), bitte, trinken Sie aus, wir schließen gleich

to pass the time of day (with sb) — (mit jdm) über Belanglosigkeiten reden

I wouldn't even give him the time of day — ich würde ihm nicht einmal guten or Guten Tag sagen __diams; to tell the time (person) die Uhr kennen; (instrument) die Uhrzeit anzeigen

can you tell the time? — kennst du die Uhr? __diams; to make good time gut or schnell vorankommen

if we get to Birmingham by 3 we'll be making good time — wenn wir um 3 Uhr in Birmingham sind, sind wir ziemlich schnell

it's about time he was here (he has arrived) — es wird (aber) auch Zeit, dass er kommt; (he has not arrived) es wird langsam Zeit, dass er kommt

(and) about time too! — das wird aber auch Zeit! __diams; ahead of time zu früh

we are ahead of time — wir sind früh dran __diams; behind time zu spät

we are behind time — wir sind spät dran

at any time during the day — zu jeder Tageszeit

not at this time of night! — nicht zu dieser nachtschlafenden Zeit or Stunde!

at one time — früher, einmal

at any time — jederzeit

come (at) any time — du kannst jederzeit kommen

at no time — niemals

at the same time (lit) — gleichzeitig

they arrived at the same time as us — sie kamen zur gleichen Zeit an wie wir

but at the same time, you must admit that... — aber andererseits müssen Sie zugeben, dass...

it was hard, but at the same time you could have tried — es war schwierig, aber Sie hätten es trotzdem versuchen können __diams; in/on time rechtzeitig

to be in time for sth — rechtzeitig zu etw kommen

on time — pünktlich

the trains are on time — die Züge fahren pünktlich

the trains are running to time — die Züge fahren pünktlich

3) = moment, season Zeit f

there's a time and a place for everything — alles zu seiner Zeit

this is hardly the time or the place to... — dies ist wohl kaum die rechte Zeit oder der rechte Ort, um...

this is no time for quarrelling or to quarrel — jetzt ist nicht die Zeit, sich zu streiten

well, this is a fine time to tell me that (iro) — Sie haben sich (dat) wahrhaftig eine gute Zeit ausgesucht, um mir das zu sagen

there are times when... — es gibt Augenblicke, wo or da (geh)...

at the or that time — damals, zu der Zeit, seinerzeit

at this (particular) time, at the present time — zurzeit

sometimes..., (at) other times... —

from that time on since that time — von der Zeit an, von da an seit der Zeit

this time last year/week — letztes Jahr/letzte Woche um diese Zeit

to choose or pick one's time — sich (dat) einen günstigen Zeitpunkt aussuchen

to die before one's time — zu früh sterben

my time is ( almost) up — meine or die Zeit ist (gleich) um

the time has come (to do sth) — es ist an der Zeit(, etw zu tun)

the time has come for us to leave — es ist Zeit für uns zu gehen

when the time comes — wenn es so weit ist

when her time comes (of pregnant woman) — wenn es (mit dem Baby) so weit ist

when the time comes for you to be the leader — wenn Sie an der Reihe sind, die Führung zu übernehmen __diams; at + times manchmal

at all times — jederzeit, immer

at various times in the past — schon verschiedene Male or verschiedentlich __diams; between times (inf) zwischendurch

by the time it had finished — als es zu Ende war

by the time we arrive, there's not going to be anything left — bis wir ankommen, ist nichts mehr übrig

by that time we knew — da or inzwischen wussten wir es

by that time we'll know — dann or bis dahin wissen wir es __diams; by this time inzwischen

by this time next year/tomorrow — nächstes Jahr/morgen um diese Zeit __diams; from time to time, (US) time to time dann und wann, von Zeit zu Zeit

until such time as... — so lange bis...

until such time as you apologize — solange du dich nicht entschuldigst, bis du dich entschuldigst

this time of the day/year — diese Tages-/Jahreszeit

at this time of the week/month — zu diesem Zeitpunkt der Woche/des Monats

now's the time to do it —

now's my/your etc time to do it — jetzt habe ich/hast du etc Gelegenheit, es zu tun

4)

= occasion this time — diesmal, dieses Mal

every or each time... — jedes Mal, wenn...

many a time, many times — viele Male

many's the time I have heard him say... — ich habe ihn schon oft sagen hören...

for the last time — zum letzten Mal

and he's not very bright at the best of times — und er ist ohnehin or sowieso nicht sehr intelligent

the time before — das letzte or vorige Mal

the time before last — das vorletzte Mal

time and (time) again, time after time — immer wieder, wieder und wieder (geh)

I've told you a dozen times... — ich habe dir schon x-mal gesagt...

nine times out of ten... — neun von zehn Malen...

she comes three times a week — sie kommt dreimal pro Woche or in der Woche

they came in one/three etc at a time — sie kamen einzeln/immer zu dritt etc herein

four at a time — vier auf einmal

for weeks at a time — wochenlang __diams; a time

he pays me £10 a time — er zahlt mir jedes Mal £ 10

rides on the roundabout cost £2 a time — eine Fahrt auf dem Karussell kostet £ 2 __diams; (the) next time

(the) next time I see you — wenn ich dich nächstes Mal or das nächste Mal sehe

(the) last time he was here — letztes Mal or das letzte Mal, als er hier war

5) MATH

2 times 3 is 6 — 2 mal 3 ist 6

it was ten times as big as or ten times the size of... —

our profits are rising four times faster than our competitors' — unsere Gewinne steigen viermal so schnell wie die unserer Konkurrenten

6)

= rate Sunday is (paid) double time/time and a half — sonntags gibt es 100%/50% Zuschlag

7) = era Zeit f

this is the greatest problem of our time — das ist das größte Problem unserer Zeit

in my time — zu meiner Zeit

it happened before my time — das war vor meiner Zeit

of all time — aller Zeiten

time was when... — es gab Zeiten, da...

he is ahead of his time or before his time — er ist seiner Zeit (weit) voraus

in Victorian times — im Viktorianischen Zeitalter

in olden times — in alten Zeiten

times are hard — die Zeiten sind hart or schwer

when times are hard —

times change — die Zeiten ändern sich

times are changing — es kommen andere Zeiten

times are changing for the better/worse — es kommen bessere/schlechtere Zeiten

times have changed for the better/worse — die Zeiten haben sich gebessert/verschlechtert

to be behind the times — rückständig sein, hinter dem Mond leben (inf)

to keep up with the times — mit der Zeit gehen

8)

= experience to have the time of one's life — eine herrliche Zeit verbringen, sich glänzend amüsieren

what a time we had or that was! —

what times we had!, what times they were! — das waren (noch) Zeiten!

to have an easy/a hard time — es leicht/schwer haben

we had an easy/a hard time getting to the finals — es war leicht für uns/wir hatten Schwierigkeiten, in die Endrunde zu kommen

was it difficult? – no, we had an easy time (of it) —

he didn't have an easy time of it in the operating theatre — er war im Operationssaal schlimm dran

to have a bad/rough time — viel mitmachen

to give sb a bad/rough etc time (of it) — jdm das Leben schwer machen

we had such a bad time with the travel agency —

the goalkeeper had a rough time — der Torwart hatte schwer zu kämpfen

we had a good time — es war (sehr) schön, es hat uns (dat)

he doesn't look as though he's having a good time — es scheint ihm hier nicht besonders gut zu gefallen

have a good time! — viel Vergnügen or Spaß!

to show sb a good time — jdn ausführen

she'll give you a good time for £30 — bei ihr kannst du dich für £ 30 amüsieren

9) = rhythm Takt m

(to be) in time (with) — im Takt (sein) (mit)

(to be) out of time — aus dem Takt (sein)

you're singing out of time (with the others) — du singst nicht im Takt (mit den anderen)

3/4 time — Dreivierteltakt m

2. TRANSITIVE VERB

1)

= choose time of to time sth perfectly — genau den richtigen Zeitpunkt für etw wählen

you must learn to time your requests a little more tactfully — du musst lernen, deine Forderungen zu einem geeigneteren Zeitpunkt vorzubringen

he timed his arrival to coincide with... —

you timed that well — du hast dir den richtigen Zeitpunkt (dafür) ausgesucht

the bomb is timed to explode at... — die Bombe ist so eingestellt, dass sie um... explodiert

2) = measure time of with stopwatch stoppen; speed messen

to time sb (over 1000 metres) — jdn (auf 1000 Meter) stoppen, jds Zeit (auf or über 1000 Meter) nehmen

time how long it takes you, time yourself — sieh auf die Uhr, wie lange du brauchst; (with stopwatch) stopp, wie lange du brauchst

to time an egg — auf die Uhr sehen, wenn man ein Ei kocht

a computer that times its operator — ein Computer, der die Zeit misst, die sein Operator braucht

* * *

time [taım]

A s

1. Zeit f:

time past, present, and to come Vergangenheit, Gegenwart und Zukunft;

for all time für alle Zeiten;

as time went on im Laufe der Zeit;

time will show die Zeit wird es lehren;

Father Time die Zeit (personifiziert);

(as) old as time uralt;

time is money (Sprichwort) Zeit ist Geld

2. (endliche oder irdische) Zeit (Ggs Ewigkeit)

3. ASTRON Zeit f:

astronomical time

4. Zeit f, Uhr(zeit) f:

what’s the time?, what time is it? wie viel Uhr ist es?, wie spät ist es?;

what time? um wie viel Uhr?;

the time is half past three es ist jetzt halb vier;

at this time of day

a) zu dieser (späten) Tageszeit, zu so später Stunde,

b) fig so spät, in diesem späten Stadium;

can you tell me the time of day?, have you got the time? können Sie mir sagen, wie spät es ist?;

pass the time of day

a) sich Gesellschaft leisten,

b) (kurz) miteinander plaudern;

pass the time of day with sb

a) jemandem Gesellschaft leisten,

b) (kurz) mit jemandem plaudern;

know the time of day umg wissen, was es geschlagen hat;

so that’s the time of day! umg so stehts also!;

some time about noon etwa um Mittag;

this time tomorrow morgen um diese Zeit;

this time twelve months heute übers Jahr;

keep good time richtig oder genau gehen (Uhr)

5. Zeit(dauer) f, Zeitabschnitt m, ( auch PHYS Fall- etc) Dauer f, WIRTSCH auch Arbeitszeit f (im Herstellungsprozess etc):

a long time lange Zeit;

that was a long time ago das ist schon lange her;

some time longer noch einige Zeit;

be a long time in doing sth lange (Zeit) dazu brauchen, etwas zu tun;

long time no hear (see) umg wir haben ja schon seit einer Ewigkeit nichts mehr voneinander gehört (wir haben uns ja schon seit einer Ewigkeit nicht mehr gesehen);

time of a draft WIRTSCH Laufzeit f eines Wechsels;

in times of war in Kriegszeiten; → all A 1, hard A 10, no¹ C 1, probation 3

6. Zeit(punkt) f(m):

time of arrival Ankunftszeit;

an unfortunate time ein unglücklicher Zeitpunkt;

at the time

a) zu dieser Zeit, damals,

b) gerade;

at the present time derzeit, gegenwärtig;

at the same time

a) gleichzeitig, zur selben Zeit,

b) trotzdem;

at that time zu der Zeit;

at this time of the year zu dieser Jahreszeit;

at one time einst, früher (einmal);

at some time irgendwann (einmal);

for the time für den Augenblick;

for the time being

a) vorläufig, fürs Erste,

b) unter den gegenwärtigen Umständen;

in three weeks’ time in oder binnen drei Wochen; → about A 2, departure 2

7. meist pl Zeit(alter) f(n), Zeiten pl, Epoche f:

at ( oder in) the time of Queen Anne zur Zeit der Königin Anna;

in our time in unserer Zeit;

she was a legend in her own time sie war schon zu Lebzeiten eine Legende;

other times, other manners (Sprichwort) andere Zeiten, andere Sitten; → old A 4

8. pl Zeiten pl, Zeitverhältnisse pl

9. the times pl die Zeit: → move B 2

10. Frist f, (zugemessene) Zeit:

time of delivery WIRTSCH Lieferfrist, -zeit;

time for payment Zahlungsfrist;

ask time WIRTSCH um Frist(verlängerung) bitten;

you must give me time Sie müssen mir Zeit geben oder lassen

11. (verfügbare) Zeit:

buy a little time etwas Zeit schinden, eine kleine Galgenfrist gewinnen;

I can never call my time my own ich kann nie frei über meine Zeit verfügen;

have no time keine Zeit haben;

have no time for sb fig nichts übrighaben für jemanden;

have all the time in the world umg jede Menge Zeit haben;

take (the) time sich die Zeit nehmen ( to do zu tun);

take one’s time sich Zeit lassen;

take your time auch es eilt nicht, überleg es dir in aller Ruhe;

time is up! die Zeit ist um oder abgelaufen!; → forelock¹

12. ( oft schöne) Zeit, Erlebnis n:

have the time of one’s life

a) sich großartig amüsieren,

b) leben wie ein Fürst

13. unangenehme Zeit, Unannehmlichkeit f

14. (Zeit-)Lohn m, besonders Stundenlohn m

15. umg (Zeit f im) Knast m:

do time (im Gefängnis) sitzen ( for wegen)

16. Lehrzeit f, -jahre pl

17. (bestimmte oder passende) Zeit:

the time has come for sth to happen es ist an der Zeit, dass etwas geschieht;

there is a time for everything, all in good time alles zu seiner Zeit;

it’s time for bed es ist Zeit, ins oder zu Bett zu gehen;

it’s time for breakfast es ist Zeit zum Frühstück(en); → high time

18. a) (natürliche oder normale) Zeit

b) (Lebens)Zeit f:

time of life Alter n;

his time is drawing near seine Zeit ist gekommen, sein Tod naht heran;

the time was not yet die Zeit war noch nicht gekommen

19. a) Schwangerschaft f

b) Niederkunft f:

she is far on in her time sie ist hochschwanger;

she is near her time sie steht kurz vor der Entbindung

20. (günstige) Zeit:

now is the time jetzt ist die passende Gelegenheit, jetzt gilt es ( beide:

to do zu tun);

at such times bei solchen Gelegenheiten

21. Mal n:

the first time das erste Mal;

for the first time zum ersten Mal;

each time that … jedes Mal, wenn …;

time and again, time after time immer wieder;

at some other time, another time ein andermal;

at a time auf einmal, zusammen, zugleich, jeweils;

one at a time einzeln, immer eine(r, s);

two at a time zu zweit, paarweise, jeweils zwei; → every Bes Redew, lucky 1

22. pl mal, …mal:

three times four is twelve drei mal vier ist zwölf;

twenty times zwanzigmal;

three times the population of Coventry dreimal so viele Einwohner wie Coventry;

four times the size of yours viermal so groß wie deines;

six times the amount die sechsfache Menge;

several times mehrmals

23. besonders SPORT (erzielte, gestoppte) Zeit:

the winner’s time is 2.50 minutes

24. Einheit f der Zeit (im Drama)

25. LIT metrische Einheit, besonders Mora f (kleinste metrische Einheit im Verstakt)

26. Tempo n, Zeitmaß n

27. MUS

a) → time value

b) Tempo n, Zeitmaß n

c) Rhythmus m, Takt(bewegung) m(f)

d) Takt (-art f) m:

time variation Tempoveränderung f;

in time to the music im Takt zur Musik;

beat (keep) time den Takt schlagen (halten)

28. MIL Marschtempo n, Schritt m: → mark¹ B 1

B v/t

1. (mit der Uhr) messen, (ab-)stoppen, die Zeit messen von (oder gen)

2. timen ( auch SPORT), die Zeit oder den richtigen Zeitpunkt wählen oder bestimmen für, zur rechten Zeit tun

3. zeitlich abstimmen

4. die Zeit festsetzen für, (zeitlich) legen:

the train is timed to leave at 7 der Zug soll um 7 abfahren;

he timed the test at 30 minutes er setzte für den Test 30 Minuten an

5. eine Uhr richten, stellen:

the alarm clock is timed to ring at six der Wecker ist auf sechs gestellt

6. zeitlich regeln (to nach), TECH den Zündpunkt etc einstellen, (elektronisch etc) steuern

7. das Tempo oder den Takt angeben für

C v/i

1. Takt halten

2. zeitlich zusammen- oder übereinstimmen ( with mit)Besondere Redewendungen: against time gegen die Zeit oder Uhr, mit größter Eile;

be ahead of time zu früh (daran) sein;

be (well) ahead of ( oder in advance of) one’s time seiner Zeit (weit) voraus sein;

be behind time zu spät daran sein, Verspätung haben;

be 10 minutes behind time 10 Minuten Verspätung haben;

be behind one’s time rückständig sein;

between times in den Zwischenzeiten;

five minutes from time SPORT fünf Minuten vor Schluss;

from time to time von Zeit zu Zeit;

in time

a) rechtzeitig ( to do um zu tun),

b) mit der Zeit,

c) im (richtigen) Takt in time of in Zeiten von (od gen);

on time

a) pünktlich,

b) bes US für eine (bestimmte) Zeit,

c) WIRTSCH US auf Zeit, besonders auf Raten out of time

a) zur Unzeit, unzeitig,

b) vorzeitig,

c) zu spät,

d) aus dem Takt oder Schritt till such time as … so lange, bis …;

with time mit der Zeit;

time was, when … die Zeit ist vorüber, als …;

time has been when … es gab eine Zeit, da …; → any A 2, no¹ C 1

t. abk

1. teaspoon (teaspoonful) TL

2. temperature

3. tempore, in the time of

4. LING tense

5. time

6. ton ( tons pl) t

7. LING transitive

T. abk

1. teaspoon (teaspoonful) TL

2. territory

3. Thursday Do.

4. time

5. Tuesday Di.

* * *
1. noun
1) no pl., no art. Zeit, die

the greatest composer of all time — der größte Komponist aller Zeiten

for all time — für immer [und ewig]

past/present/future time — Vergangenheit, die/Gegenwart, die/Zukunft, die

stand the test of time — die Zeit überdauern; sich bewähren

in [the course of] time, as time goes on/went on — mit der Zeit; im Laufe der Zeit

as old as time — uralt

time will tell or show — die Zukunft wird es zeigen

at this point or moment in time — zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt

time flies — die Zeit vergeht [wie] im Fluge

work against time — unter Zeitdruck arbeiten

in time, with time — (sooner or later) mit der Zeit

2) (interval, available or allotted period) Zeit, die

in a week's/month's/year's time — in einer Woche/in einem Monat/Jahr

there is time for that — dafür ist od. haben wir noch Zeit

it takes me all my time to do it — es beansprucht meine ganze Zeit, es zu tun

give one's time to something — einer Sache (Dat.) seine Zeit opfern

waste of time — Zeitverschwendung, die

spend [most of one's/a lot of] time on something/[in] doing something — [die meiste/viel] Zeit mit etwas zubringen/damit verbringen, etwas zu tun

I have been waiting for some/a long time — ich warte schon seit einiger Zeit/schon lange

she will be there for [quite] some time — sie wird ziemlich lange dort sein

be pressed for time — keine Zeit haben; (have to finish quickly) in Zeitnot sein

pass the time — sich (Dat.) die Zeit vertreiben

length of time — Zeit[dauer], die

make time for somebody/something — sich (Dat.) für jemanden/etwas Zeit nehmen

a short time ago — vor kurzem

that's a long time ago — das ist schon lange her

in one's own time — in seiner Freizeit; (whenever one wishes) wann man will

take one's time [over something] — sich (Dat.) [für etwas] Zeit lassen; (be slow) sich (Dat.) Zeit [mit etwas] lassen

time is money — (prov.) Zeit ist Geld (Spr.)

in [good] time — (not late) rechtzeitig

all the or this time — die ganze Zeit; (without ceasing) ständig

in [less than or next to] no time — innerhalb kürzester Zeit; im Nu od. Handumdrehen

in half the time — in der Hälfte der Zeit

half the time — (coll.): (as often as not) fast immer

it will take [some] time — es wird einige Zeit dauern

have the/no time — Zeit/keine Zeit haben

have no time for somebody/something — für jemanden/etwas ist einem seine Zeit zu schade

there is no time to lose or be lost — es ist keine Zeit zu verlieren

lose no time in doing something — (not delay) etwas unverzüglich tun

do time — (coll.) eine Strafe absitzen (ugs.)

in my time — (heyday) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.); (in the course of my life) im Laufe meines Lebens

in my time — (period at a place) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.)

time off or out — freie Zeit

get/take time off — frei bekommen/sich (Dat.) frei nehmen (ugs.)

Time! — (Boxing) Stop!; Time!; (Brit.): (in pub) Feierabend!

have a lot of time for somebody — (fig.) für jemandem viel übrig haben

3) no pl. (moment or period destined for purpose) Zeit, die

harvest/Christmas time — Ernte-/Weihnachtszeit, die

there is a time and place for everything — alles zu seiner Zeit

now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die richtige Zeit, es zu tun

time for lunch — Zeit zum Mittagessen

it is time to go — es wird Zeit zu gehen

and not before time — und es wurde auch Zeit

when the time comes/came — wenn es so weit ist/als es so weit war

on time — (punctually) pünktlich

ahead of time — zu früh [ankommen]; vorzeitig [fertig werden]

all in good time — alles zu seiner Zeit; see also be 2. 1)

4) in sing. or pl. (circumstances) Zeit, die

times are good/bad/have changed — die Zeiten sind gut/schlecht/haben sich verändert

have a good time — Spaß haben (ugs.); sich amüsieren

have a hard time [of it] — eine schwere Zeit durchmachen

5) (associated with events or person[s]) Zeit, die

in time of peace/war — in Friedens-/Kriegszeiten

in Tudor/ancient times — zur Zeit der Tudors/der Antike

in former/modern times — früher/heutzutage

ahead of or before one's/its time — seiner Zeit voraus

at one time — (previously) früher

6) (occasion) Mal, das

for the first time — zum ersten Mal

next time you come — wenn du das nächste Mal kommst

ten/a hundred/a thousand times — zehn- / hundert- / tausendmal

many times — sehr oft

many's the time [that]..., many a time... — viele Male...

at all times — jederzeit

at times — gelegentlich

from time to time — von Zeit zu Zeit

at other times — sonst

at one time or another — irgendwann einmal

at a time like this/that — unter diesen/solchen Umständen

at the or that time — (in the past) damals

at one time, at [one and] the same time — (simultaneously) gleichzeitig

at the same time — (nevertheless) gleichwohl

between times — zwischendurch

time and [time] again, time after time — immer [und immer] wieder

pay somebody £6 a time — jemandem für jedes Mal 6 Pfund zahlen

one at a time — einzeln

two at a time — jeweils zwei

for hours/weeks at a time — stundenlang/wochenlang [ohne Unterbrechung]

7) (point in day etc.) [Uhr]zeit, die

at the same time every morning — jeden Morgen um dieselbe Zeit

what time is it?, what is the time? — wie spät ist es?

have you [got] the time? — kannst du mir sagen, wie spät es ist?

tell the time — (read a clock) die Uhr lesen

time of day — Tageszeit, die

[at this] time of [the] year — [um diese] Jahreszeit

at this time of [the] night — zu dieser Nachtstunde

pass the time of day — (coll.) ein paar Worte wechseln

by this/that time — inzwischen

by the time [that] we arrived — bis wir hinkamen

[by] this time tomorrow — morgen um diese Zeit

keep good time — [Uhr:] genau od. richtig gehen

8) (amount) Zeit, die

make good time — gut vorwärts kommen

[your] time's up! — deine Zeit ist um (ugs.) od. abgelaufen

9) (multiplication) mal

three times four — drei mal vier

four times the size of/higher than something — viermal so groß wie/höher als etwas

10) (Mus.) (duration of note) Zeitdauer, die; (measure) Takt, der

in three-four time — im Dreivierteltakt

keep in time with the music — den Takt halten

out of time/in time — aus dem/im Takt

keep time with something — bei etwas den Takt [ein]halten
2. transitive verb
1) (do at correct time) zeitlich abstimmen

be well/ill timed — zur richtigen/falschen Zeit kommen

2) (set to operate at correct time) justieren (Technik); einstellen

3) (arrange time of arrival/departure of)

the bus is timed to connect with the train — der Bus hat einen direkten Anschluss an den Zug

be timed to take 90 minutes — fahrplanmäßig 90 Minuten dauern

4) (measure time taken by) stoppen

time an egg — auf die richtige Kochdauer für ein Ei achten
•• Cultural note:
Times - The Times

Eine britische überregionale Tageszeitung, deren Pendant am Sonntag The Sunday Times ist. Sie ist eine broadsheet-Zeitung und zählt zur seriösen Presse. Sie ist politisch unabhängig, wird jedoch gemeinhin als konservativ angesehen. Sie ist die älteste Zeitung in England und wurde erstmals 1785 veröffentlicht

* * *

adj.

zeitlich adj. n.

Tempo -s n.

Zeit -en f.

English-german dictionary > time
13 parecer

m.

1 opinion.

cambiar de parecer to change one's mind

2 appearance.

v.

1 to look like.

parece un palacio it looks like a palace

parecía un sueño it was like a dream

Ella parece un payaso She looks like a clown.

2 to look, to seem.

pareces cansado you look o seem tired

es alemán, pero no lo parece he's German, but he doesn't look it

¡pareces bobo! are you stupid, or what?

Ella parece cansada She seems tired.

3 to seem to, to appear to.

Ella parece creer lo contrario She seems to believe the opposite.

Le parece sentir algo She seems to feel something.

* * *

parecer

Conjugation model [ AGRADECER], like link=agradecer agradecer

► nombre masculino

1 (opinión) opinion, mind

■ ¿has cambiado de parecer? have you changed your mind?

► verbo intransitivo

1 to seem, look (like)

■ parece fácil it seems easy, it looks easy

■ parece de verdad it looks real

■ parece un oso it looks like a bear

2 (opinar) to think

■ me parece que sí I think so

■ ¿qué te parece? what do you think?

3 (Used only in the 3rd pers, it does not take a subject) (aparentar) to look as if

■ parece que va a llover it looks as if it's going to rain

► verbo pronominal parecerse

1 to be alike, look like

■ se parecen mucho they're very much alike

■ el pequeño se parece mucho a su padre the little one looks just like his father

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a lo que parece apparently

al parecer apparently

parecer bien to seem right

parecer mal to seem wrong

¡parece mentira! I can't believe it!

según parece apparently

* * *
1. noun m.
1) opinion, view

2) appearance
2. verb
1) to seem

2) look

3) appear

4) think

•

- parecerse

* * *

1. SM

1) (=opinión) opinion, view

a mi parecer — in my opinion o view

somos del mismo parecer — we are of the same opinion o view

cambiar o mudar de parecer — to change one's mind

2) † (=aspecto)

de buen parecer — good-looking, handsome

de mal parecer — unattractive

2. VI

1) [uso copulativo]

a) [por el aspecto] + adj to look; + sustantivo to look like

esos zapatos no parecen muy cómodos — those shoes don't look very comfortable

pareces más joven — you look younger

parece una modelo — she looks like a model

¡pareces una reina! — you look like a queen!

una casa que parece un palacio — a house that looks like a palace

parece una foca — * she's huge o enormous *

estos guantes parecen de seda — these gloves feel like silk

b) (=por el carácter, el comportamiento) to seem

parece muy afectado por la noticia — he seems very upset by the news

parecía una persona muy amable — she seemed very nice

desde que se divorció no parece la misma — since she got divorced she seems a different person

2) [uso impersonal] (=dar la impresión de) to seem

todo parecía indicar que estaba interesado — everything seemed to point towards him being interested

aunque no lo parezca — surprising though it may seem o más frm appear

así parece — so it seems o más frm appears

• al parecer, a lo que parece — apparently, seemingly

• parece como si + subjun —

parece como si quisiera ocultar algo — it's as if he were trying to hide something

en mi sueño parecía como si volara — in my dream it was as if I was flying

• parece que + indic —

parece que va a llover — it looks as though o as if it's going to rain, it looks like rain

parece que fue ayer — it seems only yesterday

parece que huele a gas — I think I can smell gas

• según parece — apparently, seemingly

• parece ser que + indic —

parece ser que van a aumentar las temperaturas — it seems o más frm appears (that) it's going to get warmer

parece ser que ha habido algún problema — it seems o más frm appears (that) there has been a problem

3) [indicando opinión]

parecerle a algn: ¿qué os pareció la película? — what did you think of the film?

¿no te parece extraño que no haya llamado? — don't you think it's strange that she hasn't called?

me parece bien que vayas — I think it's a good idea for you to go

te llamaré luego, si te parece bien — I'll phone you later, if that's all right with o by you

¡me parece muy mal! — I think it's shocking!

si a usted no le parece mal — if you don't mind

me parece mentira que haya pasado tanto tiempo — I can't believe it has been so long

podríamos ir al cine si te parece — we could go to the cinema if you like

vamos a la piscina, ¿te parece? — what do you say we go to the swimming pool?, what about going to the swimming pool?

como te parezca — as you wish

• parecer que, me parece que se está haciendo tarde — it's getting rather late, I think

me parece que sí — I think so

me parece que no — I don't think so

¿te parece que está bien no acudir a una cita? — do you think it's acceptable not to turn up for an appointment?

4) † (=aparecer) to appear; [objeto perdido] to turn up

pareció el sol entre las nubes — the sun appeared through the clouds

ya parecieron los guantes — the gloves have turned up

¡ya pareció aquello! — so that was it!

3.

See:

parecerse

* * *
I 1.
verbo intransitivo

1) ( aparentar ser)

parece mayor de lo que es — she looks older than she is

parece fácil — it looks easy

parecen simpáticos — they seem nice

pareces tonto — are you stupid or something?

no pareces tú en esta foto — this picture doesn't look like you (at all)

parecía de cuero — it looked like leather

parecer + INF — to seem to + inf

todo parece indicar que... — everything appears o seems o (frml) would seem to indicate that...

parece ser muy inteligente — she seems to be very clever

2) ( expresando opinión) (+ me/te/le etc)

su comentario me pareció muy acertado — I thought his remark (was) very apt

todo le parece mal — he's never happy with anything

¿qué te parecieron? — what did you think of them?

deberíamos invitarlos - ¿te parece? — we ought to invite them - do you think so?

vamos a la playa ¿te parece? — what do you think, shall we go to the beach?

podemos reunirnos si te parece bien — we could meet up if that's alright with you

me parece que sí — I think so

¿a ti qué te parece? — what do you think?

me parece importante mencionarlo — I think it's important to mention it

¿te parece bonito contestarme así? — is that any way to speak to me?

me/nos parece que tiene razón — I/we think she's right

me pareció que no era necesario — I didn't think it necessary

¿te parece que éstas son horas de llegar? — what time do you call this?

hazlo como mejor te parezca — do it however o as you think best; (+ subj)

me parece mal que vaya sola — I don't think it's right that she should go on her own

me parece raro que... — it seems odd o I find it odd that...

me parece importante que ella esté presente — I think it's important that she (should) be here

3) (haber indicios, señales) (en 3^a pers)

según parece or al parecer todo va bien — it looks as though everything's going well, everything seems to be going well

así parece or parece que sí — it looks like it o it would seem so

aunque no lo parezca, está limpio — it might not look like it, but it's clean

¿le gusta? - parece que no — does he like it? - apparently not

parece que no, pero cansa — you wouldn't think so, but it's tiring

parece que va a llover — it looks like (it's going to) rain

parece que fue ayer — it seems like only yesterday

parece (ser) que tiene razón — she appears to be right, it seems she's right

parecería que... — it would seem that...; (+ subj)

parece increíble que hayan sobrevivido — it seems incredible that they survived

parece mentira que tenga 20 años — it's hard to believe o I can't believe that he's 20

parece que para él no pasaran los años — he never seems to get any older

parece que fuera mas joven — you'd think she was much younger

no parece que le haya gustado — lt doesn't look as if he liked it
2.
parecerse v pron

a) ( asemejarse)

parecerse A alguien/algo — ( en lo físico) to look o to be like somebody/something; ( en el carácter) to be like somebody/something

no son ricos ni nada que se le parezca — they're not wealthy, not by any means

b) (recípr) to be alike

no se parecen en nada — they're not/they don't look in the least bit alike

se parecen mucho — they are very similar
II
masculino

a) ( opinión) opinion

a mi parecer — in my opinion

son del mismo parecer — they're of the same opinion

soy del parecer de que... — I believe o (frml) I am of the opinion that...

ello me hizo cambiar de parecer — it made me change my mind

b)

de buen parecer — (ant) handsome

* * *
I 1.
verbo intransitivo

1) ( aparentar ser)

parece mayor de lo que es — she looks older than she is

parece fácil — it looks easy

parecen simpáticos — they seem nice

pareces tonto — are you stupid or something?

no pareces tú en esta foto — this picture doesn't look like you (at all)

parecía de cuero — it looked like leather

parecer + INF — to seem to + inf

todo parece indicar que... — everything appears o seems o (frml) would seem to indicate that...

parece ser muy inteligente — she seems to be very clever

2) ( expresando opinión) (+ me/te/le etc)

su comentario me pareció muy acertado — I thought his remark (was) very apt

todo le parece mal — he's never happy with anything

¿qué te parecieron? — what did you think of them?

deberíamos invitarlos - ¿te parece? — we ought to invite them - do you think so?

vamos a la playa ¿te parece? — what do you think, shall we go to the beach?

podemos reunirnos si te parece bien — we could meet up if that's alright with you

me parece que sí — I think so

¿a ti qué te parece? — what do you think?

me parece importante mencionarlo — I think it's important to mention it

¿te parece bonito contestarme así? — is that any way to speak to me?

me/nos parece que tiene razón — I/we think she's right

me pareció que no era necesario — I didn't think it necessary

¿te parece que éstas son horas de llegar? — what time do you call this?

hazlo como mejor te parezca — do it however o as you think best; (+ subj)

me parece mal que vaya sola — I don't think it's right that she should go on her own

me parece raro que... — it seems odd o I find it odd that...

me parece importante que ella esté presente — I think it's important that she (should) be here

3) (haber indicios, señales) (en 3^a pers)

según parece or al parecer todo va bien — it looks as though everything's going well, everything seems to be going well

así parece or parece que sí — it looks like it o it would seem so

aunque no lo parezca, está limpio — it might not look like it, but it's clean

¿le gusta? - parece que no — does he like it? - apparently not

parece que no, pero cansa — you wouldn't think so, but it's tiring

parece que va a llover — it looks like (it's going to) rain

parece que fue ayer — it seems like only yesterday

parece (ser) que tiene razón — she appears to be right, it seems she's right

parecería que... — it would seem that...; (+ subj)

parece increíble que hayan sobrevivido — it seems incredible that they survived

parece mentira que tenga 20 años — it's hard to believe o I can't believe that he's 20

parece que para él no pasaran los años — he never seems to get any older

parece que fuera mas joven — you'd think she was much younger

no parece que le haya gustado — lt doesn't look as if he liked it
2.
parecerse v pron

a) ( asemejarse)

parecerse A alguien/algo — ( en lo físico) to look o to be like somebody/something; ( en el carácter) to be like somebody/something

no son ricos ni nada que se le parezca — they're not wealthy, not by any means

b) (recípr) to be alike

no se parecen en nada — they're not/they don't look in the least bit alike

se parecen mucho — they are very similar
II
masculino

a) ( opinión) opinion

a mi parecer — in my opinion

son del mismo parecer — they're of the same opinion

soy del parecer de que... — I believe o (frml) I am of the opinion that...

ello me hizo cambiar de parecer — it made me change my mind

b)

de buen parecer — (ant) handsome

* * *

parecer¹

¹ = view.

Ex: There is an alternative method for the design of subject retrieval devices, and that is to build languages or schemes which depend upon some theoretical views about the nature and structure of knowledge.

* a mi parecer = to my mind, in my books.

* cambiar de parecer = change + Posesivo + mind, change + Posesivo + tune.

* cambiar de parecer a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.

* cambio de parecer = change of heart, change of mind.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de pareceres similares = like-minded.

* es mi parecer = my two cents' worth.

* mi parecer = my two cents' worth.

* según + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

parecer²

² = loom, seem, sound (like), sound + like, strike + Pronombre Personal, look, smack of, come off as.

Ex: The problem of their citation looms less significantly in abstracting and indexing products than that of the citation of periodical articles.

Ex: For this scheme it would seem sensible to order the foci within each facet differently according to the nature of the facet.

Ex: Limitless flexibility sounds to be the answer but it is, of course, impossibly expensive and unacceptable aesthetically.

Ex: 'I hope this doesn't sound like an off-the-wall remark but have you ever heard of or read anything about the so called mid-life crisis?'.

Ex: 'You commented earlier,' she said ingenuously, aloud, 'that Kass didn't strike you as the union type'.

Ex: An architectural rendering is a pictorial representation of a building intended to show, before it has been built, how the building will look when completed.

Ex: This opinion bothers me on two counts, one because it smacks of exploitation and, two, because a fair number of the world's leaders, for better or worse, were remarkably successful as leaders in spite of less than outstanding academic records.

Ex: I love the content of this discussion, and hope that my comments don't come off as negative.

* al parecer = apparently, apparently, it seems that..., supposedly, allegedly, it appeared that....

* aunque no lo parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.

* aunque parezca difícil = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.

* aunque parezca extraño = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.

* aunque parezca increíble = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.

* aunque parezca mentira = amazingly enough, believe it or not, strangely enough, incredibly, incredible though it may seem, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.

* aunque parezca raro = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.

* es lo que a mí me parece = my two cents' worth.

* ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.

* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.

* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.

* las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* más complejo de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.

* más complicado de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.

* no parecer que = there + be + no sign of, there + be + little sign of.

* no parecerse en nada a = be nothing like.

* no parecerse ni por asomo = different as night and day.

* no parecer Uno Mismo = be out of character.

* o algo parecido = in the way of.

* o eso parece = or so it seems.

* parece como = appear + as though.

* parece que... = it seems that....

* parecer + Adjetivo = appear + Adjetivo.

* parecer atractivo = look + attractive.

* parecer bien = be all right with + Persona.

* parecer bueno = look + good.

* parecer contradictorio = appear + contradictory.

* parecer debatible = look + debatable.

* parecer en peligro = appear + in jeopardy.

* parecer estar = appear + to be.

* parecer increíble = beggar + belief.

* parecer loco = sound + crazy.

* parecer lógico = make + sense.

* parecer + merecer la pena + Infinitivo = seem + worth + Gerundio.

* parecer + Nombre = seem + like + Nombre.

* parecer probable = seem + likely.

* parecer prometedor = look + promising, show + promise.

* parecer raro = sound + odd.

* parecerse = bear + similarity, look + alike, take after.

* parecerse a = look like, resemble.

* parecer ser = appear + to be.

* parecer una eternidad = seem like + an eternity.

* parecer una locura = sound + crazy.

* parecer una probabilidad = loom up + a possibility.

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.

* por muy extraño que parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.

* por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.

* por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.

* por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.

* que parece dudoso = dubious-sounding.

* que parece sospechoso = dubious-sounding.

* qué te parece que... = what about....

* según parece = apparently, apparently, by the looks of it.

* ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.

* ser parecido a = be close to.

* si se parece a un pato, anda como un pato y grazna como un pato, entonces es = If it looks like a duck, walks like a duck, and quacks like a duck, then it must be a duck.

* tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.

* * *

parecer¹ [E3 ]

vi

A

(aparentar ser): parece mucho mayor de lo que es she looks much older than she is

parece muy simpática she seems very nice

pareces tonto, no te enteras de nada are you stupid or something? you never know what's going on

vestida así parece una artista de cine she looks like a movie star dressed like that

no pareces tú en esta foto this picture doesn't look like you (at all), it's not a good likeness of you

es de plástico pero parece de cuero it's plastic but it looks like leather

B parecer + INF to seem to + INF

el problema parece no tener solución there appears o seems o ( frml) would seem to be no solution to the problem

parece tener más habilidad de la que creímos al principio she seems to be o it seems she is more skillful than we thought at first

todo parece indicar que … everything seems to o appears to o ( frml) would seem to indicate that …

C (expresando opinión) (+ me/te/le etc):

sus comentarios me parecieron muy acertados I thought his remarks (were) very apt, his remarks seemed very apt to me

elegí la que me pareció mejor I chose the one that I thought was the best o the one that seemed the best

todo le parece mal he's never happy with anything

¿qué te parecieron mis primos? what did you think of my cousins?

su interpretación me pareció pobrísima I thought o felt she gave a very poor performance, to my mind her performance was very poor

D

1 ( en tercera persona):

según parece or al pareceror a lo que parece todo marcha viento en popa it looks as though everything's going smoothly, everything seems to be going smoothly

¿por fin se van? — así parece or parece que sí are they finally going? — it looks like it o it would seem so

aunque no lo parezca, estuve limpiando toda la mañana it might not look like it, but I spent the whole morning cleaning

¿le gusta? — parece que no does he like it? — apparently not

parece que no, pero cansa muchísimo you wouldn't think so, but it's very tiring

2 (+ me/te/le etc):

hazlo como mejor te parezca or como te parezca mejor do it however o as you think best

como a usted le parezca whatever you think best

creo que deberíamos invitarlos — ¿te parece? I think we ought to invite them — do you think so?

vamos a la playa ¿te parece? let's go to the beach, would you like to?, do you fancy going to the beach? ( BrE colloq)

podemos reunirnos mañana, si te parece bien we could meet up tomorrow if that's alright o OK with you o if that suits you

¿habrán entendido? — me parece que sí do you think they understood? — I think so

creo que así está bien ¿a ti qué te parece? I think it's alright like that, what do you think? o ( colloq) what do you reckon?

E

1 ( en tercera persona) parecer QUE + INDIC:

parece que va a llover it looks like (it's going to) rain

parece que fue ayer it seems like only yesterday

parece (ser) que tiene razón she appears to be right, it seems she's right

parece (ser) que ha habido un malentendido there appears to have been o it seems there has been a misunderstanding

parecería que ahora están dipuestos a negociar it would seem that they are now ready to negotiate

2 (+ me/te/le etc):

me/nos parece que tiene razón I/we think she's right

me pareció que no era necesario llamarlo I didn't think it necessary to phone him

¿te parece que éstas son horas de llegar a casa? what do you mean by coming home at this time?, what sort of time is this to be coming home?

F ( en tercera persona)

1 (+ subj):

parece increíble que hayan sobrevivido el accidente it seems incredible that they survived the accident

parece mentira que ya tenga 20 años it's hard to believe o I can't believe o it seems incredible that she's 20 already

(+ me/te/le etc): me parece difícil que venga I think it's unlikely she'll come

me parece raro que no te lo haya comentado it seems odd o I find it odd o I think it's odd that he hasn't mentioned it to you

me parece importante que ella esté presente I think it's important that she (should) be here

2 (+ inf), (+ me/te/le etc):

me parece importante dejar esto claro I think it's important to make this clear

¿te parece bonito contestarle así a tu madre? is that any way to speak to your mother?

G ( en tercera persona)

1 parecer QUE + IMPERF SUBJ:

parece que para él no pasaran los años he never seems to get any older

tiene 40 años — parece que tuviera muchos menos she's 40 — she looks much younger o you'd think she was much younger

2 no parecer QUE + SUBJ:

no parecía que la situación fuera a cambiar it didn't look as though the situation was going to change

no parece que le haya hecho mucha gracia la idea it doesn't look as though he liked the idea much, he doesn't seem to have been very taken with the idea

(+ me/te/le etc): no me parece que esté tan mal I don't think it's that bad

■ parecerse

v pron

1 (asemejarse) parecerse A algn/algo (en lo físico) to look like sb/sth, to be like sb/sth; (en el carácter) to be like sb/sth

esa casa se parece bastante a la nuestra that house is rather like ours o fairly similar to ours

no son millonarios ni nada que se le parezca they're not millionaires, not by any means o ( colloq) not by a long shot ( AmE) o ( BrE) chalk

quien a los suyos se parece en nada los desmerece like breeds like

2 ( recípr) to be alike

no se parecen en nada they're not/they don't look in the least bit alike

estos cuadros se parecen mucho these pictures are very similar

parecer²

masculine

1 (opinión) opinion

a mi parecer in my opinion

son del mismo parecer they're of the same opinion

es del parecer de que el asunto debería reconsiderarse she believes o she is of the opinion that the matter should be reconsidered ( frml)

ello me hizo cambiar de parecer it made me change my mind

2

de buen parecer ( ant); handsome

* * *

parecer 1 ( conjugate parecer) verbo intransitivo
1 ( aparentar ser):
◊ parece fácil it looks easy;

no pareces tú en esta foto this picture doesn't look like you (at all);
parecía de cuero it looked like leather;
parece ser muy inteligente she seems to be very clever
2 ( expresando opinión) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ todo le parece mal he's never happy with anything;

¿qué te parecieron? what did you think of them?;
vamos a la playa ¿te parece? what do you think, shall we go to the beach?;
si te parece bien if that's alright with you;
me parece que sí I think so;
¿a ti qué te parece? what do you think?;
me parece importante I think it's important;
me pareció que no era necesario I didn't think it necessary;
hazlo como mejor te parezca do it however o as you think best;
me parece mal que vaya sola I don't think it's right that she should go on her own
3 ( dar la impresión) (en 3a pers): así parece or parece que sí it looks like it;
◊ aunque no lo parezca, está limpio it might not look like it, but it's clean;

parece que va a llover it looks like (it's going to) rain;
parece que fue ayer it seems like only yesterday;
parece mentira que tenga 20 años it's hard to believe o I can't believe that he's 20;
parece que fuera más joven you'd think she was much younger
parecerse verbo pronominal
a) ( asemejarse) parecerse A algn/algo ( en lo físico) to look o to be like sb/sth;

( en el carácter) to be like sb/sth
b) ( recípr) to be alike;

◊ no se parecen en nada they're not/they don't look in the least bit alike;

se parecen mucho they are very similar
parecer 2 sustantivo masculino ( opinión) opinion;
◊ a mi parecer in my opinion;

son del mismo parecer they're of the same opinion
parecer 1 sustantivo masculino
1 (juicio, opinión) opinion
cambiar de parecer, to change one's mind
2 frml (aspecto, presencia) appearance
parecer 2 verbo intransitivo
1 (tener un parecido) to look like: pareces una reina, you look like a queen
(tener un aspecto) to look: pareces agotado, you look exhausted
2 (causar una impresión) to seem: parecía tener prisa, he seemed to be in a hurry
su intención parece buena, his intention seems good
3 (al emitir un juicio) le pareces un engreído, he thinks you are a bighead
me parece inoportuno, it seems very ill-timed to me
¿qué te parece si vamos al cine?, what about going to the cinema?
4 (uso impersonal) parece que va a haber tormenta, it looks as if there's going to be a storm
no parece que le importe, it doesn't seem to bother him

' parecer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
al
- aparentar
- emitir
- encontrar
- juicio
- mentira
- ver
- vista
- visto
- dar
- envejecer
- latir
- muñeca
- sonar
- tincar
English:
appear
- change
- cuff
- dwarf
- evidently
- feel
- look
- seem
- seemingly
- sound
- strike
- view
- apparently
- mind
- opinion
- suggestive
- tune

* * *

parecer

♦ nm

1. [opinión] opinion;

somos de igual o [m5] del mismo parecer we are of the same opinion;

a mi/nuestro/ etc[m5]. parecer in my/our/ etc opinion;

cambiar de parecer to change one's mind

2. [apariencia]
de buen parecer good-looking

♦ vi
[semejar] to look like;
parece un palacio it looks like a palace;

parecía un sueño it was like a dream

♦ v copulativo

to look, to seem;

pareces cansado you look o seem tired;

en la tele parece más joven she looks younger on the TV;

el casero parece buena persona the landlord seems nice o seems like a nice person;

parece de metal it looks like it's made of metal;

es alemán, pero no lo parece he's German, but he doesn't look it;

¡pareces bobo! are you stupid, or what?

♦ v impersonal

1. [indica opinión]
me parece que… I think that…, it seems to me that…;

me parece que viven juntos I think o believe they live together;

me parece que no voy a aprobar I don't think I'm going to pass;

me parece que sí/no I think/don't think so;

el examen me pareció bastante complicado I found the exam rather difficult, I thought the exam was rather difficult;

no me pareció interesante I didn't find it interesting, I didn't think it was interesting;

¿qué te parece mi vestido? what do you think of my dress?;

¿qué te parece si vamos a mi casa? why don't we go to my place?, what do you say we go to my place?;

¿qué te parece la idea? – me parece bien/mal what do you think of the idea? – it seems OK to me/I don't think much of it;

nada le parece bien she's never happy with anything;

todo le parece bien he always says yes to everything;

no me parece bien que llegues tan tarde I'm not pleased about you arriving so late;

me parece mal que se experimente con animales I don't agree with experiments on animals;

no me parece mal que venga I don't see anything wrong with her coming;

haz lo que te parezca [lo que quieras] do what you like;

haz lo que te parezca mejor do as you see fit, do what you think best;

parece mentira que todavía no haya dimitido it's incredible that he hasn't resigned yet;

es bastante caro, ¿no te parece? it's rather expensive, don't you think?;

si te parece (bien) quedamos el lunes we can meet on Monday, if that's all right by you;

podemos comer fuera, ¿te parece? why don't we go out for a meal?, what do you say we go out for a meal?;

¿te parece bonito lo que has hecho? are you pleased with yourself o satisfied now?

2. [tener aspecto de]
parece que va a llover it looks like (it's going to) rain;

parece que le gusta it looks as if o it seems (that) she likes it;

no parece que le guste he doesn't seem to like it, it seems (that) he doesn't like it;

parece (ser) que hay un pequeño malentendido there seems to be a small misunderstanding, it seems (like) there's a small misunderstanding;

ahora parece (ser) que quieren echarse atrás it now seems they want to pull out;

a lo que parece, al parecer apparently;

tienen mucho dinero, aunque no lo parezca it may not seem like it, but they've got a lot of money;

eso parece so it seems;

parece como si estuviéramos en invierno it's as if it was still winter;

parece que fue ayer cuando nos conocimos it seems like only yesterday that we met;

¿lo ha hecho? – parece que sí has she done it? – it seems so o it seems she has;

¿te han invitado? – parece que no have they invited you? – it seems not o it doesn't seem so;

parece que no, pero se tarda en llegar hasta aquí you'd be surprised how long it takes you to get here;

según parece apparently

♦ See also the pronominal verb parecerse

* * *

parecer

I m opinion, view;

al parecer apparently;

de buen parecer well-dressed;

dar su parecer give one’s opinion

II v/i seem, look;

me parece que I think (that), it seems to me that;

me parece bien it seems fine to me;

¿qué te parece? what do you think?;

si a usted le parece if you’re agreeable, if it suits you;

parece que va a llover it looks like rain, it looks like it’s going to rain

* * *

parecer {53} vi

1) : to seem, to look, to appear to be

parece bien fácil: it looks very easy

así parece: so it seems

pareces una princesa: you look like a princess

2) : to think, to have an opinion

me parece que sí: I think so

3) : to like, to be in agreement

si te parece: if you like, if it's all right with you

♦ See also the reflexive verb parecerse

* * *

parecer vb

1. (tener el aspecto) to look

pareces más alta you look taller

pareces cansada you look tired

Con un nombre se dice look like

con ese vestido pareces una princesa you look like a princess in that dress

2. (dar la impresión) to seem

el trabajo parecía fácil the work seemed easy

parece simpática she seems friendly

3. (opinar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

me parece que he suspendido I think I've failed

¿qué te parece? what do you think?

4. (uso impersonal) to look / to seem

parece que no estás convencido you don't seem convinced

parece que ya se han marchado it looks as if they've gone

al parecer apparently

según parece apparently

Spanish-English dictionary > parecer
14 take

take [teɪk]

prendre ⇒ 1A (a), 1A (b), 1B (a), 1B (c)-(e), 1C (b), 1D (a), 1D (b), 1E (a), 1F (a), 1G (a), 1G (b), 1G (d), 1H (a), 1H (b), 1I (a), 1I (c), 1I (d), 1I (f), 1I (g), 2 (a)-(c) porter ⇒ 1B (a) mener ⇒ 1B (b) conduire ⇒ 1C (a) recevoir ⇒ 1D (c) croire ⇒ 1F (b) supporter ⇒ 1F (d) supposer ⇒ 1G (c) contenir ⇒ 1I (e) passer ⇒ 1I (i)

(pt took [tʊk], pp taken ['teɪkən])

1 transitive verb

A.

(a) (get hold of) prendre; (seize) prendre, saisir;

∎ let me take your coat donnez-moi votre manteau;

∎ she took the book from him elle lui a pris le livre;

∎ to take sb's hand prendre qn par la main;

∎ she took his arm elle lui a pris le bras;

∎ Peter took her in his arms Peter l'a prise dans ses bras;

∎ the wolf took its prey by the throat le loup a saisi sa proie à la gorge

(b) (get control of, capture → person) prendre, capturer; (→ fish, game) prendre, attraper; Military prendre, s'emparer de;

∎ they took the town that night ils prirent ou s'emparèrent de la ville cette nuit-là;

∎ to take sb prisoner faire qn prisonnier;

∎ to take sb alive prendre ou capturer qn vivant;

∎ I took his queen with my rook j'ai pris sa reine avec ma tour;

∎ to take control of a situation prendre une situation en main;

∎ we took our courage in both hands nous avons pris notre courage à deux mains;

∎ you're taking your life in your hands doing that c'est ta vie que tu risques en faisant cela;

∎ to take the lead in sth (in competition) prendre la tête de qch; (set example) être le premier à faire qch

B.

(a) (carry from one place to another) porter, apporter; (carry along, have in one's possession) prendre, emporter;

∎ she took her mother a cup of tea elle a apporté une tasse de thé à sa mère;

∎ he took the map with him il a emporté la carte;

∎ she took some towels up(stairs)/down(stairs) elle a monté/descendu des serviettes;

∎ don't forget to take your camera n'oubliez pas (de prendre) votre appareil photo;

∎ figurative the committee wanted to take the matter further le comité voulait mener l'affaire plus loin;

∎ the devil take it! que le diable l'emporte!;

∎ you can't take it with you (money when you die) tu ne l'emporteras pas avec toi dans la tombe

(b) (person → lead) mener, emmener; (→ accompany) accompagner;

∎ her father takes her to school son père l'emmène à l'école;

∎ could you take me home? pourriez-vous me ramener ou me raccompagner?;

∎ to take sb across the road faire traverser la rue à qn;

∎ may I take you to dinner? puis-je vous inviter à dîner ou vous emmener dîner?;

∎ he offered to take them to work in the car il leur a proposé de les emmener au bureau en voiture ou de les conduire au bureau;

∎ to take oneself to bed aller se coucher;

∎ please take me with you emmène-moi, s'il te plaît;

∎ humorous I can't take you anywhere tu n'es pas sortable;

∎ the estate agent took them over the house l'agent immobilier leur a fait visiter la maison;

∎ he took her round the museum il lui a fait visiter le musée;

∎ she used to take me along to meetings (avant,) elle m'emmenait aux réunions;

∎ this road will take you to the station cette route vous mènera ou vous conduira à la gare;

∎ I don't want to take you out of your way je ne veux pas vous faire faire un détour;

∎ her job took her all over Africa son travail l'a fait voyager dans toute l'Afrique;

∎ that's what first took me to Portugal c'est ce qui m'a amené au Portugal;

∎ whatever took him there? qu'allait-il faire là-bas?;

∎ the record took her to number one in the charts le disque lui a permis d'être première au hit-parade

(c) (obtain from specified place) prendre, tirer; (remove from specified place) prendre, enlever;

∎ she took a handkerchief from her pocket elle a sorti un mouchoir de sa poche;

∎ I took a chocolate from the box j'ai pris un chocolat dans la boîte;

∎ take a book from the shelf prenez un livre sur l'étagère;

∎ take your feet off the table enlève tes pieds de la table;

∎ he took the saucepan off the heat il a ôté ou retiré la casserole du feu

(d) (appropriate, steal) prendre, voler;

∎ to take sth from sb prendre qch à qn;

∎ someone's taken my wallet on a pris mon portefeuille;

∎ his article is taken directly from my book le texte de son article est tiré directement de mon livre

(e) (draw, derive) prendre, tirer;

∎ a passage taken from a book un passage extrait d'un livre;

∎ a phrase taken from Latin une expression empruntée au latin;

∎ the title is taken from the Bible le titre vient de la Bible;

∎ to take a print from a negative tirer une épreuve d'un négatif

C.

(a) (of bus, car, train etc) conduire, transporter;

∎ the ambulance took him to hospital l'ambulance l'a transporté à l'hôpital;

∎ this bus will take you to the theatre ce bus vous conduira au théâtre;

∎ will this train take me to Cambridge? est-ce que ce train va à ou passe par Cambridge?

(b) (bus, car, plane, train) prendre; (road) prendre, suivre;

∎ American take a right prenez à droite

D.

(a) (have → attitude, bath, holiday) prendre; (make → nap, trip, walk) faire; (→ decision) prendre;

∎ she took a quick look at him elle a jeté un rapide coup d'œil sur lui;

∎ American familiar let's take five soufflons cinq minutes^□ ;

∎ he took a flying leap il a bondi;

∎ American vulgar to take a shit or a dump chier;

∎ archaic or literary to take a wife prendre femme

(b) Photography

∎ to take a photo or a picture prendre une photo;

∎ she took his picture or a picture of him elle l'a pris en photo;

∎ we had our picture taken nous nous sommes fait photographier ou prendre en photo;

∎ familiar he takes a good photo (is photogenic) il est photogénique^□

(c) (receive, get) recevoir; (earn, win → prize) remporter, obtenir; (→ degree, diploma) obtenir, avoir;

∎ he took the blow on his arm il a pris le coup sur le bras;

∎ you can take the call in my office vous pouvez prendre l'appel dans mon bureau;

∎ the bookstore takes about $3,000 a day la librairie fait à peu près 3000 dollars (de recette) par jour;

∎ how much does he take home a month? quel est son salaire mensuel net?;

∎ Cards we took all the tricks nous avons fait toutes les levées;

∎ their team took the match leur équipe a gagné ou remporté le match

E.

(a) (assume, undertake) prendre;

∎ to take the blame for sth prendre la responsabilité de qch;

∎ you'll have to take the consequences c'est vous qui en subirez les conséquences;

∎ she takes all the credit for our success elle s'attribue tout le mérite de notre réussite;

∎ I take responsibility for their safety je me charge de leur sécurité;

∎ to take the part of Hamlet jouer (le rôle d')Hamlet

(b) (commit oneself to)

∎ he took my side in the argument il a pris parti pour moi dans la dispute;

∎ the boy took an oath or a vow to avenge his family le garçon a fait serment ou a juré de venger sa famille;

∎ American to take the Fifth (Amendment) invoquer le Cinquième Amendement (pour refuser de répondre)

(c) (allow oneself)

∎ may I take the liberty of inviting you to dinner? puis-je me permettre de vous inviter à dîner?;

∎ he took the opportunity to thank them or of thanking them il a profité de l'occasion pour les remercier

F.

(a) (accept → job, gift, payment) prendre, accepter; (→ cheque, bet) accepter;

∎ the doctor only takes private patients le docteur ne prend pas les patients du service public;

∎ the owner won't take less than $100 for it le propriétaire en veut au moins 100 dollars;

∎ does this machine take pound coins? cette machine accepte-t-elle les pièces d'une livre?;

∎ to take a bribe se laisser acheter ou corrompre;

∎ you'll have to take me as I am il faut me prendre comme je suis;

∎ take things as they come prenez les choses comme elles viennent;

∎ I won't take "no" for an answer pas question de refuser;

∎ it's my last offer, (you can) take it or leave it c'est ma dernière offre, c'est à prendre ou à laisser;

∎ I'll take it from here je prends la suite;

∎ I'll take it from there je verrai à ce moment-là

(b) (accept as valid) croire;

∎ to take sb's advice suivre les conseils de qn;

∎ take it from me, he's a crook croyez-moi, c'est un escroc

(c) (deal with)

∎ let's take things one at a time prenons les choses une par une;

∎ the mayor took their questions calmly le maire a entendu leurs questions avec calme;

∎ how did she take the questioning? comment a-t-elle réagi à ou pris l'interrogatoire?;

∎ they took the news well or in their stride ils ont plutôt bien pris la nouvelle;

∎ to take sth badly prendre mal qch;

∎ familiar to take things easy or it easy se la couler douce;

∎ familiar take it easy! (don't get angry) du calme!^□

(d) (bear, endure → pain, heat, pressure, criticism) supporter; (→ damage, loss) subir;

∎ don't take any nonsense! ne te laisse pas faire!;

∎ your father won't take any nonsense ton père ne plaisante pas avec ce genre de choses;

∎ she can take it elle tiendra le coup;

∎ esp American I'm not taking any! je ne marche pas!;

∎ we couldn't take any more on n'en pouvait plus;

∎ I can't take much more of this je commence à en avoir assez, je ne vais pas supporter cela bien longtemps;

∎ I find his constant sarcasm rather hard to take je trouve ses sarcasmes perpétuels difficiles à supporter;

∎ don't expect me to take this lying down ne comptez pas sur moi pour accepter ça sans rien dire;

∎ those shoes have taken a lot of punishment ces chaussures en ont vu de toutes les couleurs;

∎ to take heavy loads (crane, engine etc) supporter de lourdes charges;

∎ it won't take your weight ça ne supportera pas ton poids

(e) (experience, feel)

∎ to take fright prendre peur;

∎ to take an interest in sb/sth s'intéresser à qn/qch;

∎ don't take offence ne vous vexez pas, ne vous offensez pas;

∎ no offence taken il n'y a pas de mal;

∎ we take pleasure in travelling nous prenons plaisir à voyager;

∎ she takes pride in her work elle est fière de ce qu'elle fait;

∎ to take pride in one's appearance prendre soin de sa personne

G.

(a) (consider, look at) prendre, considérer;

∎ take Einstein (for example) prenons (l'exemple d')Einstein;

∎ take the case of Colombia prenons le cas de la Colombie;

∎ taking everything into consideration tout bien considéré;

∎ to take sb/sth seriously prendre qn/qch au sérieux

(b) (consider as)

∎ do you take me for an idiot? vous me prenez pour un idiot?;

∎ what do you take me for? pour qui me prenez-vous?;

∎ I took you for an Englishman je vous croyais anglais;

∎ he took me for somebody else il m'a pris pour quelqu'un d'autre;

∎ to take the news as or to be true tenir la nouvelle pour vraie;

∎ how old do you take her to be? quel âge est-ce que tu lui donnes?

(c) (suppose, presume) supposer, présumer;

∎ he's never been to Madrid, I take it si je comprends bien, il n'a jamais été à Madrid;

∎ I take it you're his mother je suppose que vous êtes sa mère

(d) (interpret, understand) prendre, comprendre;

∎ we never know how to take his jokes on ne sait jamais comment prendre ses plaisanteries;

∎ don't take that literally ne le prenez pas au pied de la lettre;

∎ he was slow to take my meaning il lui a fallu un moment avant de comprendre ce que je voulais dire

H.

(a) (require) prendre, demander;

∎ how long will it take to get there? combien de temps faudra-t-il pour y aller?;

∎ the flight takes three hours le vol dure trois heures;

∎ it will take you ten minutes vous en avez pour dix minutes;

∎ it took him a minute to understand il a mis une minute avant de comprendre;

∎ it took us longer than I expected cela nous a pris plus de temps que je ne pensais;

∎ it takes time to learn a language il faut du temps pour apprendre une langue;

∎ what kind of batteries does it take? quelle sorte de piles faut-il?;

∎ my car takes unleaded ma voiture roule au sans-plomb;

∎ he took a bit of coaxing before he accepted il a fallu le pousser un peu pour qu'il accepte;

∎ it took four people to stop the brawl ils ont dû se mettre à quatre pour arrêter la bagarre;

∎ it takes a clever man to do that bien malin ou habile qui peut le faire;

∎ it takes courage to admit one's mistakes il faut du courage pour admettre ses erreurs;

∎ it takes patience to work with children il faut de la patience ou il faut être patient pour travailler avec les enfants;

∎ one glance was all it took un regard a suffi;

∎ the job took some doing la tâche n'a pas été facile;

∎ that will take some explaining voilà qui va demander des explications;

∎ her story takes some believing son histoire n'est pas facile à croire;

∎ to have what it takes to do/to be sth avoir les qualités nécessaires pour faire/être qch;

∎ we need someone with leadership qualities - she has what it takes il nous faut quelqu'un qui ait des qualités de dirigeant - ce n'est pas ce qui lui manque;

∎ familiar he's so lazy - it takes one to know one! il est vraiment paresseux - tu peux parler!

(b) Grammar

∎ "falloir" takes the subjunctive "falloir" est suivi du subjonctif;

∎ noun that takes an "s" in the plural nom qui prend un "s" au pluriel

I.

(a) (food, drink etc) prendre;

∎ do you take milk in your coffee? prenez-vous du lait dans votre café?;

∎ how do you take your coffee? qu'est-ce que tu prends dans ton café?;

∎ I invited him to take tea je l'ai invité à prendre le thé;

∎ she refused to take any food elle a refusé de manger (quoi que ce soit);

∎ to take drugs se droguer;

∎ how many pills has he taken? combien de comprimés a-t-il pris ou absorbé?;

∎ not to be taken internally (on packaging) (à) usage externe;

∎ to be taken twice a day (on packaging) à prendre deux fois par jour;

∎ to take the air prendre l'air

(b) (wear) faire, porter;

∎ she takes a size 10 elle prend du 38;

∎ what size shoe do you take? quelle est votre pointure?

(c) (pick out, choose) prendre, choisir; (buy) prendre, acheter; (rent) prendre, louer;

∎ I'll take it je le prends;

∎ what newspaper do you take? quel journal prenez-vous?;

∎ take your partners (at dance) invitez vos partenaires

(d) (occupy → chair, seat) prendre, s'asseoir sur;

∎ take a seat asseyez-vous;

∎ take your seats! prenez vos places!;

∎ is this seat taken? cette place est-elle occupée ou prise?

(e) (hold → of container, building etc) contenir, avoir une capacité de;

∎ this bus takes fifty passengers c'est un car de cinquante places

(f) (ascertain, find out) prendre;

∎ to take sb's pulse/temperature prendre le pouls/la température de qn;

∎ to take a reading from a meter lire ou relever un compteur

(g) (write down → notes, letter) prendre;

∎ he took a note of her address il a noté son adresse

(h) (subtract) soustraire, déduire;

∎ they took 10 percent off the price ils ont baissé le prix de 10 pour cent;

∎ take 4 from 9 and you have 5 ôtez 4 de 9, il reste 5

(i) School & University (exam) passer, se présenter à; (course) prendre, suivre;

∎ I took Latin and Greek at A level ≃ j'ai pris latin et grec au bac;

∎ she took her degree last year elle a obtenu son diplôme l'an dernier;

∎ she takes us for maths on l'a en maths

(j) (be in charge of) Religion

∎ to take a service célébrer un office;

∎ the assistant director took the rehearsals l'assistant réalisateur s'est occupé des répétitions

(k) (contract, develop)

∎ to take a chill, to take cold prendre froid;

∎ to take sick, to be taken ill tomber malade;

∎ I was taken with a fit of the giggles j'ai été pris d'un fou rire;

∎ she took an instant dislike to him elle l'a tout de suite pris en aversion

(l) (direct, aim)

∎ she took a swipe at him elle a voulu le gifler;

∎ Football to take a penalty tirer un penalty

(m) (refer)

∎ she takes all her problems to her sister elle raconte tous ses problèmes à sa sœur;

∎ he took the matter to his boss il a soumis la question à son patron;

∎ Law they intend to take the case to the High Court ils ont l'intention d'en appeler à la Cour suprême

(n) (have recourse to)

∎ he took an axe to the door il a donné des coups de hache dans la porte;

∎ take the scissors to it vas-y avec les ciseaux;

∎ his father took a stick to him son père lui a donné des coups de bâton;

∎ Law they took legal proceedings against him ils lui ont intenté un procès

(o) (catch unawares) prendre, surprendre;

∎ to take sb by surprise or off guard surprendre qn, prendre qn au dépourvu;

∎ his death took us by surprise sa mort nous a surpris

(p) (negotiate → obstacle) franchir, sauter; (→ bend in road) prendre, négocier

(q) familiar (deceive, cheat) avoir, rouler;

∎ they took him for every penny (he was worth) ils lui ont pris jusqu'à son dernier sou

(r) archaic or literary (have sex with) prendre

2 intransitive verb

(a) (work, have desired effect) prendre;

∎ did the dye take? est-ce que la teinture a pris?;

∎ it was too cold for the seeds to take il faisait trop froid pour que les graines germent

(b) (become popular) prendre, avoir du succès

(c) (fish) prendre, mordre

3 noun

(a) (capture) prise f

(b) Cinema, Photography & Television prise f de vue; Radio enregistrement m, prise f de son; (of record etc) enregistrement m

(c) American (interpretation) interprétation f;

∎ what's your take on her attitude? comment est-ce que tu interprètes son attitude?

(d) American familiar (takings) recette^□ f; (share) part^□ f;

∎ to be on the take toucher des pots-de-vin^□, palper

➲ take aback separable transitive verb

(astonish) étonner, ébahir; (disconcert) déconcerter;

∎ her question took him aback sa question l'a déconcerté;

∎ I was taken aback by the news la nouvelle m'a beaucoup surpris

➲ take after inseparable transitive verb

ressembler à, tenir de;

∎ she takes after her mother in looks physiquement, elle tient de sa mère

➲ take apart separable transitive verb

(a) (dismantle) démonter;

∎ figurative they took the room apart looking for evidence ils ont mis la pièce sens dessus dessous pour trouver des preuves

(b) (criticize) critiquer

➲ take aside separable transitive verb

prendre à part, emmener à l'écart;

∎ the boss took her aside for a chat le patron l'a prise à part pour discuter

➲ take away separable transitive verb

(a) (remove) enlever, retirer;

∎ take that knife away from him enlevez-lui ce couteau;

∎ they took away his pension ils lui ont retiré sa pension;

∎ they took their daughter away from the club ils ont retiré leur fille du club;

∎ his work took him away from his family for long periods son travail le tenait éloigné de sa famille pendant de longues périodes;

∎ euphemism the police took his father away son père a été arrêté par la police;

∎ it takes away the fun ça gâche tout

(b) (carry away → object) emporter; (→ person) emmener;

∎ British sandwiches to take away (sign) sandwiches à emporter;

∎ not to be taken away (in library) à consulter sur place

(c) Mathematics soustraire, retrancher;

∎ nine take away six is three neuf moins six font trois

➲ take away from inseparable transitive verb

(detract from)

∎ that doesn't take away from his achievements as an athlete ça n'enlève rien à ses exploits d'athlète;

∎ to take away from the pleasure/value of sth diminuer le plaisir/la valeur de qch

➲ take back separable transitive verb

(a) (after absence, departure) reprendre;

∎ she took her husband back elle a accepté que son mari revienne vivre avec elle;

∎ the factory took back the workers l'usine a repris les ouvriers

(b) (gift, unsold goods, sale item etc) reprendre

(c) (return) rapporter; (accompany) raccompagner;

∎ take it back to the shop rapporte-le au magasin;

∎ he took her back home il l'a raccompagnée ou ramenée chez elle

(d) (retract, withdraw) retirer, reprendre;

∎ I take back everything I said je retire tout ce que j'ai dit;

∎ all right, I take it back! d'accord, je n'ai rien dit!

(e) (remind of the past)

∎ that takes me back to my childhood ça me rappelle mon enfance;

∎ that song takes me back forty years cette chanson me ramène quarante ans en arrière;

∎ it takes you back a bit, doesn't it? ça ne nous rajeunit pas tout ça, hein?

(f) Typography transférer à la ligne précédente

➲ take down

1 separable transitive verb

(a) (carry, lead downstairs → object) descendre; (→ person) faire descendre;

∎ the lift took us down to the 4th floor l'ascenseur nous a amenés au 4ème étage

(b) (lower) descendre;

∎ she took the book down from the shelf elle a pris le livre sur l'étagère;

∎ can you help me take the curtains down? peux-tu m'aider à décrocher les rideaux?;

∎ she took his picture down from the wall elle a enlevé sa photo du mur;

∎ he took his trousers down il a baissé son pantalon

(c) (note) prendre, noter;

∎ he took down the registration number il a relevé le numéro d'immatriculation;

∎ to take down a letter in shorthand prendre une lettre en sténo

(d) (dismantle → scaffolding, circus tent) démonter

2 intransitive verb

se démonter

➲ take in separable transitive verb

(a) (lead → person) faire entrer; (carry → washing, harvest etc) rentrer

(b) (bring into one's home → person) héberger; (→ boarder) prendre; (→ orphan, stray animal) recueillir;

∎ she takes in ironing elle fait du repassage à domicile

(c) (place in custody)

∎ the police took him in la police l'a mis ou placé en garde à vue

(d) (air, water, food etc)

∎ she can only take in food intravenously on ne peut la nourrir que par intraveineuse;

∎ whales take in air through their blowhole les baleines respirent par l'évent

(e) (understand, perceive) saisir, comprendre;

∎ he was sitting taking it all in il était là, assis, écoutant tout ce qui se disait;

∎ he didn't take in the real implications of her announcement il n'a pas saisi les véritables implications de sa déclaration;

∎ I can't take in the fact that I've won je n'arrive pas à croire que j'ai gagné;

∎ she took in the situation at a glance elle a compris la situation en un clin d'œil

(f) (make smaller → garment) reprendre; (→ in knitting) diminuer;

∎ you'd better take in the slack on the rope tu ferais bien de tendre ou retendre la corde;

∎ Nautical to take in a sail carguer ou serrer une voile

(g) (cover → several countries etc) comprendre, englober; (→ questions, possibilities) embrasser;

∎ the tour takes in all the important towns l'excursion passe par toutes les villes importantes

(h) (attend, go to) aller à;

∎ to take in a show aller au théâtre;

∎ she took in the castle while in Blois elle a visité le château pendant qu'elle était à Blois;

∎ they took in the sights in Rome ils ont fait le tour des sites touristiques à Rome

(i) familiar (cheat, deceive) tromper^□, rouler;

∎ don't be taken in by him ne vous laissez pas rouler par lui;

∎ I'm not going to be taken in by your lies je ne suis pas dupe de tes mensonges^□ ;

∎ he was completely taken in il marchait complètement

➲ take off

1 separable transitive verb

(a) (remove → clothing, lid, make-up, tag) enlever;

∎ the boy took his clothes off le garçon a enlevé ses vêtements ou s'est déshabillé;

∎ she took her glasses off elle a enlevé ses lunettes;

∎ he often takes the phone off the hook il laisse souvent le téléphone décroché;

∎ to take sb off a list rayer qn d'une liste;

∎ the surgeon had to take her leg off le chirurgien a dû l'amputer de la jambe;

∎ Cars to take off the brake desserrer le frein (à main);

∎ figurative he didn't take his eyes off her all night il ne l'a pas quittée des yeux de la soirée;

∎ I tried to take her mind off her troubles j'ai essayé de lui changer les idées ou de la distraire de ses ennuis;

∎ familiar his retirement has taken ten years off him sa retraite l'a rajeuni de dix ans^□ ;

∎ to take sth off sb's hands débarrasser qn de qch;

∎ I'll take the baby off your hands for a few hours je vais garder le bébé pendant quelques heures, ça te libérera

(b) (deduct) déduire, rabattre;

∎ the teacher took one point off her grade le professeur lui a retiré un point;

∎ the manager took 10 percent off the price le directeur a baissé le prix de 10 pour cent

(c) (lead away) emmener;

∎ she was taken off to hospital on l'a transportée à l'hôpital;

∎ the murderer was taken off to jail on a emmené l'assassin en prison;

∎ her friend took her off to dinner son ami l'a emmenée dîner;

∎ she took herself off to Italy elle est partie en Italie;

∎ to take the passengers off (by boat from a ship) débarquer les passagers;

∎ the injured man was taken off the ship by helicopter le blessé a été évacué du bateau par hélicoptère

(d) (time)

∎ to take some time off prendre un congé;

∎ take a few days off prenez quelques jours de vacances ou de congé;

∎ she takes Thursdays off elle ne travaille pas le jeudi

(e) familiar (copy) imiter^□ ; (mimic) imiter^□, singer

(f) (discontinue → train, bus etc) supprimer; (→ show, programme) annuler

2 intransitive verb

(a) (aeroplane) décoller;

∎ they took off for or to Heathrow ils se sont envolés pour Heathrow

(b) familiar (person → depart) partir^□ ; (hurriedly) se barrer, se tirer;

∎ he took off without telling us il est parti sans nous avertir

(c) familiar (become successful) décoller

➲ take on

1 separable transitive verb

(a) (accept, undertake) prendre, accepter;

∎ to take on the responsibility for sth se charger de qch;

∎ don't take on more than you can handle ne vous surchargez pas;

∎ she took it on herself to tell him elle a pris sur elle de le lui dire;

∎ he took the job on (position) il a accepté le poste; (task) il s'est mis au travail;

∎ to take on a bet accepter un pari

(b) (contend with, fight against) lutter ou se battre contre; (compete against) jouer contre;

∎ the unions took on the government les syndicats se sont attaqués ou s'en sont pris au gouvernement;

∎ I shouldn't like to take him on je n'aimerais pas avoir affaire à lui;

∎ he took us on at poker il nous a défiés au poker

(c) (acquire, assume) prendre, revêtir;

∎ her face took on a worried look elle a pris un air inquiet;

∎ the word takes on another meaning le mot prend une autre signification

(d) (load) prendre, embarquer

(e) (hire) embaucher, engager

2 intransitive verb

familiar (fret, carry on) s'en faire;

∎ don't take on so! ne t'en fais pas!

➲ take out separable transitive verb

(a) (remove → object) prendre, sortir; (→ stain) ôter, enlever; (extract → tooth) arracher;

∎ take the cheese out of the refrigerator sors le fromage du réfrigérateur;

∎ he took the knife out of his pocket il a sorti le couteau de sa poche;

∎ take your hands out of your pockets enlève les mains de tes poches;

∎ they took their children out of school ils ont retiré leurs enfants de l'école;

∎ Medicine to take out sb's appendix/tonsils enlever l'appendice/les amygdales à qn;

∎ figurative to take the food out of sb's mouth retirer le pain de la bouche de qn

(b) (carry, lead outside → object) sortir; (→ person) faire sortir; (escort) emmener;

∎ to take sb out to dinner/to the movies emmener qn dîner/au cinéma;

∎ I took her out for a bike ride je l'ai emmenée faire un tour à vélo;

∎ would you take the dog out? tu veux bien sortir le chien ou aller promener le chien?

(c) (food) emporter;

∎ American sandwiches to take out (sign) sandwiches à emporter

(d) (obtain → subscription) prendre; (→ insurance policy) souscrire à, prendre; (→ licence) se procurer; (→ patent) prendre;

∎ to take out a mortgage faire un emprunt immobilier

(e) familiar (destroy → factory, town) détruire^□ ;

∎ to take sb out (kill) buter qn, zigouiller qn, refroidir qn;

∎ the planes took the factory out by bombing les avions ont détruit l'usine (en la bombardant)

(f) Cards

∎ to take out one's partner changer la couleur annoncée par son partenaire

(g) (idioms)

∎ to take sb out of himself/herself changer les idées à qn;

∎ familiar working as an interpreter takes a lot out of you le travail d'interprète est épuisant^□ ;

∎ familiar the operation really took it out of him l'opération l'a mis à plat;

∎ familiar it takes the fun out of it ça gâche tout^□ ;

∎ familiar to take it out on sb s'en prendre à qn^□ ;

∎ familiar he took his anger out on his wife il a passé sa colère sur sa femme^□ ;

∎ familiar don't take it out on me! ne t'en prends pas à moi!^□

➲ take over

1 separable transitive verb

(a) (assume responsibility of) reprendre;

∎ he wants his daughter to take over the business il veut que sa fille reprenne l'affaire;

∎ she took over my classes elle a pris la suite de mes cours;

∎ will you be taking over his job? est-ce que vous allez le remplacer (dans ses fonctions)?

(b) (gain control of, invade) s'emparer de;

∎ the military took over the country l'armée a pris le pouvoir;

∎ she takes the place over (by being bossy etc) elle joue les despotes;

∎ fast-food restaurants have taken over Paris les fast-foods ou French Canadian restaurants-minute ont envahi Paris

(c) Finance (buy out) absorber, racheter;

∎ they were taken over by a Japanese firm ils ont été rachetés par une entreprise japonaise

(d) (carry across) apporter; (escort across) emmener;

∎ I'll take you over by car je vais vous y conduire en voiture;

∎ the boat took us over to Seattle le bateau nous a emmenés jusqu'à Seattle

(e) Typography transférer à la ligne suivante

2 intransitive verb

(a) (as replacement)

∎ who will take over now that the mayor has stepped down? qui va prendre la relève maintenant que le maire a donné sa démission?;

∎ I'll take over when he leaves je le remplacerai quand il partira;

∎ will he allow her to take over? va-t-il lui céder la place?;

∎ compact discs have taken over from records le (disque) compact a remplacé le (disque) vinyle

(b) (army, dictator) prendre le pouvoir

➲ take to inseparable transitive verb

(a) (have a liking for → person) se prendre d'amitié ou de sympathie pour, prendre en amitié; (→ activity, game) prendre goût à;

∎ I think he took to you je crois que vous lui avez plu;

∎ we took to one another at once nous avons tout de suite sympathisé;

∎ she didn't take to him il ne lui a pas plu;

∎ we've really taken to golf nous avons vraiment pris goût au golf

(b) (acquire as a habit) se mettre à;

∎ to take to drink or to the bottle se mettre à boire;

∎ to take to doing sth se mettre à faire qch;

∎ she took to wearing black elle s'est mise à s'habiller en noir

(c) (make for, head for)

∎ he's taken to his bed with the flu il est alité avec la grippe;

∎ the rebels took to the hills les insurgés se sont réfugiés dans les collines;

∎ they took to the woods ils se sont enfuis dans les bois;

∎ to take to the road prendre la route;

∎ to take to the boats monter dans les canots de sauvetage

➲ take up

1 separable transitive verb

(a) (carry, lead upstairs → object) monter; (→ person) faire monter;

∎ the lift took us up to the 25th floor l'ascenseur nous a amenés au 25ème étage

(b) (pick up → object) ramasser, prendre; (→ passenger) prendre; (→ paving stones, railway tracks) enlever;

∎ she took up the notes from the table elle a ramassé ou pris les notes sur la table;

∎ they're taking up the street la rue est en travaux;

∎ we finally took up the carpet nous avons enfin enlevé la moquette

(c) (absorb) absorber

(d) (shorten) raccourcir;

∎ you'd better take up the slack in that rope tu ferais mieux de retendre ou tendre cette corde

(e) (fill, occupy → space) prendre, tenir; (→ time) prendre, demander;

∎ this table takes up too much room cette table prend trop de place ou est trop encombrante;

∎ moving house took up the whole day le déménagement a pris toute la journée;

∎ her work takes up all her attention son travail l'absorbe complètement

(f) (begin, become interested in → activity, hobby) se mettre à; (→ job) prendre; (→ career) commencer, embrasser;

∎ when did you take up Greek? quand est-ce que tu t'es mis au grec?;

∎ I've taken up gardening je me suis mis au jardinage

(g) (continue, resume) reprendre, continuer;

∎ I took up the tale where Susan had left off j'ai repris l'histoire là où Susan l'avait laissée;

∎ she took up her knitting again elle a repris son tricot

(h) (adopt → attitude) prendre, adopter; (→ method) adopter; (→ place, position) prendre; (→ idea) adopter;

∎ they took up residence in town ils se sont installés en ville;

∎ to take up one's duties entrer en fonctions

(i) (accept → offer) accepter; (→ advice, suggestion) suivre; (→ challenge) relever

(j) (discuss) discuter, parler de; (bring up) aborder;

∎ take it up with the boss parlez-en au patron

(k) (shares, stock) souscrire à

(l) Finance (option) lever, consolider; (bill) honorer, retirer

2 intransitive verb

reprendre, continuer

➲ take upon separable transitive verb

∎ he took it upon himself to organize the meeting il s'est chargé d'organiser la réunion

➲ take up on separable transitive verb

(a) (accept offer, advice of)

∎ his daughter took him up on his advice sa fille a suivi ses conseils;

∎ he might take you up on that someday! il risque de vous prendre au mot un jour!;

∎ she took him up on his promise elle a mis sa parole à l'épreuve

(b) (ask to explain)

∎ I'd like to take you up on that point j'aimerais revenir sur ce point avec vous

➲ take up with inseparable transitive verb

(a) (befriend)

∎ to take up with sb se lier d'amitié avec qn, prendre qn en amitié;

∎ she took up with a bad crowd elle s'est mise à fréquenter des vauriens

(b) (preoccupy)

∎ to be taken up with doing sth être occupé à faire qch;

∎ she's very taken up with him elle ne pense qu'à lui;

∎ she's taken up with her business elle est très prise par ses affaires;

∎ meetings were taken up with talk about the economy on passait les réunions à parler de l'économie

✾ Film 'Take the Money and Run' Allen 'Prends l'oseille et tire-toi'

✾ Film 'You Can't Take It With You' Capra 'Vous ne l'emporterez pas avec vous'

ⓘ Take me to your leader Il s'agit de la formule prononcée par les extra-terrestres fraîchement débarqués sur terre dans les vieux films de science-fiction et adressée au premier terrien rencontré. On emploie cette phrase ("menez-moi jusqu'à votre chef") de façon humoristique lorsque, dans une situation donnée, on désire parler au responsable.

Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > take
15 tout

c black tout, toute [tu, tut]

━━━━━━━━━

1. adjective

2. indefinite pronoun

3. adverb

4. masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

(masculine plural tous, feminine plural toutes)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque tout fait partie d'une locution comme en tout cas, tout le temps, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. ( = entier)

• tout le all the

• toute la all the

• tout le reste all the rest

• il a tout le temps qu'il lui faut he has all the time he needs

• toute la France regardait le match the whole of France was watching the match

• pendant tout le voyage during the whole trip

• il a plu toute la nuit it rained all night

• il a dépensé tout son argent he has spent all his money

• il a passé toutes ses vacances à lire he spent all his holidays reading

► tout le monde everybody everyone

• tout le monde le sait everybody knows

• ils veulent vivre comme tout le monde they want to live like everybody else

• il ne fait jamais comme tout le monde he always has to be different► tout, toute + nom

• il a lu tout Balzac he has read all of Balzac

   b. ( = unique) only

• c'est tout l'effet que ça lui fait that's all the effect it has on him

• c'est là tout le problème that's the whole problem

• pour tout mobilier, il avait un lit et une table the only furniture he had was a bed and a table

   c. (indéfini)

► tout, toute + nom singulier ( = n'importe quel) any

• toute personne susceptible de nous aider any person able to help us

• à tout âge at any age

• pour tout renseignement, téléphoner... for information, ring...► à toute ! (inf) see you later!

► tous les, toutes les + nom pluriel ( = chaque) every ; ( = la totalité des) all the

• tous les jours every day

• tous les deux jours every two days

• tous les 10 mètres every 10 metres

• toutes les trois heures every three hours

• tous les enfants étaient à l'école all the children were at school

• tous les enfants ont besoin d'amour all children need love

• toutes les personnes que nous connaissons all the people that we know

• toutes les fois que je le vois every time I see him

• il avait toutes les raisons d'être mécontent he had every reason to be displeased

• un film tous publics a U film (Brit) a G film (US)► tous, toutes + nombre

• tous les deux both of them

• tous les trois all three of them

• tous deux both of them

2. <

   a. (singulier) everything

• il a tout organisé he organized everything

• on ne peut pas tout faire you can't do everything

• tout va bien everything's fine

• il mange tout et n'importe quoi he eats absolutely everything

• ses enfants mangent de tout her children will eat anything

• il vend de tout he sells everything

• il a tout pour réussir he's got everything going for him

• il a tout pour plaire (inf) he's got nothing going for him

• tout a une fin everything comes to an end

• tout est bien qui finit bien all's well that ends well

• être tout pour qn to be everything to sb

► tout ce qui

• tout ce qui lui appartient everything that belongs to him► tout ce que

• tout ce que je sais, c'est qu'il est parti all I know is that he's gone

• c'est tout ce qu'il m'a dit that's all he told me

• ne croyez pas tout ce qu'il raconte don't believe everything he tells you► tout ce qu'il y a de ( = extrêmement) most

• il a été tout ce qu'il y a de gentil he couldn't have been kinder

• c'était tout ce qu'il y a de chic it was the last word in chic► avoir tout de + nom

• elle a tout d'une star she's every inch a star

• ça a tout d'un canular it's obviously a practical joke

• l'organisation a tout d'une secte the organization is nothing less than a sect► à tout va (inf) [licencier, investir, recruter] like mad (inf) ; [libéralisme, communication, consommation] unbridled

• à l'époque, on construisait à tout va at that time there were buildings going up everywhere► en tout ( = au total) in all

• nous étions 16 en tout there were 16 of us in all

• ça coûte 1 000 € en tout it costs 1,000 euros in all

• leurs programmes politiques s'opposent en tout their political programmes clash in every way► en tout et pour tout all in all

• il lui reste 150 euros en tout et pour tout he only has a total of 150 euros left► et tout (inf) and everything

• avec les vacances et tout, je n'ai pas eu le temps what with the holidays and all (inf), I didn't have time

• j'avais préparé le dîner, fait le ménage et tout et tout I'd made the dinner, done the housework and everything► c'est + tout

• c'est tout that's all

• ce sera tout ? will that be all?

• et ce n'est pas tout ! and that's not all!

• c'est pas tout ça, mais il est tard (inf) all this is very nice, but it's getting late► ce n'est pas tout de

• ce n'est pas tout de faire son métier, il faut le faire bien it's not enough just to do your job, you have to do it well

• ce n'est pas tout d'en parler there's more to it than just talking about it► pour tout dire

• cette idée avait surpris et pour tout dire n'avait pas convaincu this idea surprised everybody and, to be honest, wasn't convincing

c black   b. (pluriel) tous

• toutes ( = l'ensemble des personnes) all

• tous sont arrivés they have all arrived

• il les déteste tous he hates them all

• écoutez bien tous ! listen, all of you!

• tous ensemble all together

• nous avons tous nos défauts we all have our faults

• vous toutes qui m'écoutez all of you who are listening to me

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

✦ The final s of tous is pronounced only when it is a pronoun.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

3. <

   a. ► tout + adjectif ( = très) very ; ( = entièrement) quite

• il est tout étonné he's very surprised

• c'est une toute jeune femme she's a very young woman

• elles étaient toutes contentes they were very pleased

• les toutes premières années the very first years

• c'est tout autre chose that's quite another matter

• c'est tout naturel it's quite natural

• toute petite, elle aimait la campagne as a very small child she liked the country► tout (+ en) + nom

• je suis tout ouïe ! I'm all ears!

• tout en laine all wool

• habillé tout en noir dressed all in black

• un jeu tout en douceur a very delicate style of play

• le jardin est tout en fleurs the garden is a mass of flowers► tout + adverbe

• tout près very near

• tout là-bas right over there

• tout en bas de la colline right at the bottom of the hill

• tout au fond right at the bottom

• tout simplement quite simply

• tout plein de (inf) loads (inf) of

• il est mignon tout plein (inf) he's very sweet

   b. ( = déjà) tout prêt

• tout préparé ready-made

• phrases toutes faites set phrases

• idées toutes faites preconceived ideas

   c. ► tout en + participe présent

• tout en marchant while walking

• je suis incapable de travailler tout en écoutant de la musique I can't work and listen to music at the same time

• tout en prétendant le contraire il voulait être élu although he pretended otherwise he wanted to be elected

   d. (locutions)

► tout à fait quite

• ce n'est pas tout à fait la même chose it's not quite the same thing

• c'est tout à fait faux it's quite wrong

• il est tout à fait charmant he's quite charming

• je suis tout à fait d'accord avec vous I totally agree with you

• vous êtes d'accord ? -- tout à fait ! do you agree? -- absolutely!► tout à l'heure ( = plus tard) later ; ( = peu avant) a short while ago

• je repasserai tout à l'heure I'll come back later

• tout à l'heure tu as dit que... you said earlier that...

• à tout à l'heure ! see you later!► tout de suite straightaway

• j'ai tout de suite compris I understood straightaway

• ce n'est pas pour tout de suite ( = ce n'est pas près d'arriver) it won't happen overnight ; ( = c'est improbable) it's hardly likely to happen

4. <

   a. ( = ensemble) whole

• ces éléments forment un tout these elements make up a whole

• prendre le tout to take all of it (or them)

• jouer le tout pour le tout to stake one's all

• mon tout est un roi de France my whole is a king of France

   b. ( = essentiel) le tout c'est de faire vite the main thing is to be quick about it

• c'est pas le tout mais j'ai du travail (inf) this is all very well but I've got work to do

• ce n'est pas le tout de s'amuser, il faut travailler there's more to life than enjoying yourself, people have got to work

   c. (locutions)

► du tout

• pas du tout ! not at all!

• il n'y a plus du tout de pain there's no bread left at all

• je ne vois rien du tout I can't see a thing► du tout au tout ( = complètement) completely

• il avait changé du tout au tout he had changed completely

* * *
tu
1.

toute tut, mpl tous tu adj, tus pron, fpl toutes tut pronom indéfini

1) tout ( chaque chose) everything; ( n'importe quoi) anything; ( l'ensemble) all

tout est prêt — everything is ready

tout peut arriver — anything can happen

tout est prétexte à querelle(s) — any pretext will do to start a quarrel

tout n'est pas perdu — all is not lost

en tout — ( au total) in all; ( entièrement) in every respect

en tout et pour tout — all told

tout bien compté or pesé or considéré — all in all

tout est là — fig that's the whole point

c'est tout dire — I need say no more

et tout et tout — (colloq) and all that sort of thing

ce n'est pas tout (que) de commencer un travail, il faut le finir — it's not enough ou it's all very well to start off a job, it's got to be finished

avoir tout d'un assassin — to look just like a murderer

2) tous tus, toutes ( la totalité des êtres ou choses) all; (la totalité des éléments d'une catégorie, d'un groupe) all of them/us/you

tous ensemble — all together

tous ne sont pas d'accord — not all of them agree

toutes tant qu'elles sont — all of them, each and every one of them

est-ce que ça conviendra à tous? — will it suit everybody ou everyone?

2.

adjectif

1) ( exprimant la totalité)

bois tout ton lait — drink all your milk, drink up your milk

tout le reste — everything else

manger tout un pain — to eat a whole loaf

tout Pompéi a été enseveli — the whole of Pompeii was buried

je ne l'ai pas vu de tout l'été — I haven't seen him all summer

tout le problème est là — that's where the problem lies

tout cela ne compte pas — none of that counts

tout le monde — everybody

2) ( véritable)

c'est tout un travail/événement — it's quite a job/an event

3) (devant ce qui/que/dont) ( l'ensemble) all; ( toutes les choses) everything; ( sans discrimination) anything

tout ce dont j'ai besoin — all I need

j'ai acheté tout ce qui était sur la liste — I bought everything that was on the list

il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête — he says anything that comes into his head

tout ce qu'il dit n'est pas vrai — not all of what he says is true

être tout ce qu'il y a de plus serviable — to be most obliging

c'est tout ce qu'on fait de mieux — it's the best there is

‘tu en es sûr?’ - ‘tout ce qu'il y a de plus sûr’ — ‘are you sure?’ - ‘as sure as can be’

4) ( n'importe quel) any

à tout âge — at any age

à tout moment — ( n'importe quand) at any time; ( sans cesse) constantly

toute publicité est interdite — all advertising is prohibited

5) ( total)

en toute innocence/franchise — in all innocence/honesty

en toute liberté — with complete freedom

en toute hâte — in a great hurry

de toute beauté — most beautiful

6) (unique, seul)

il a souri pour toute réponse — his only reply was a smile, he smiled by way of a reply

on lui donne quelques légumes pour tous gages — all that he gets in the way of wages is a few vegetables

7) tous, toutes ( les uns et les autres sans distinction) all, every (+ sg)

en toutes choses — in all things, in everything

toutes les pages sont déchirées — all the pages are torn, every page is torn

tous les prétextes leur sont bons — they'll use any excuse ( pour to)

meubles tous budgets — furniture to suit every pocket

nous irons tous les deux — both of us will go, we'll both go

je les prends tous les quatre — I'm taking all four (of them)

8) ( chaque) tous/toutes les every

à tous les coins de rue — on every street corner

tous les jours — every day

tous les deux jours — every other day

tous les combien? — how often?

3.

adverbe (normally invariable, but agrees in gender and in number with feminine adjective beginning with consonant or h-aspirate)

1) (très, extrêmement) very, quite; ( entièrement) all

tout doucement — very gently

tout étonnées/toutes honteuses — very surprised/ashamed

tout enfant, elle aimait déjà dessiner — as a small child she already liked to draw

c'est tout naturel — it's quite natural

des yeux tout ronds de surprise — eyes wide with surprise

être tout mouillé/sale — to be all wet/dirty

faire quelque chose tout seul — to do something all by oneself

c'est tout autre chose, c'est une tout autre histoire — it's a different matter altogether

2) ( devant un nom)

c'est tout le portrait de sa mère — she's the spitting ou very image of her mother

c'est tout l'inverse or le contraire — it's the very opposite

ça m'en a tout l'air — it looks very much like it to me

tu as tout le temps d'y réfléchir — you've got plenty of time to think it over

avec toi, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre — you see everything in black and white

3) ( tout à fait)

la toute dernière ligne — the very last line

tout à côté de/contre/en haut — right by/against/at the top

il les a mangés tout crus — he ate them raw

j'en sais tout autant que lui — I know just as much as he does

maison tout en longueur — very long and narrow house

ils étaient tout en sang/en sueur — they were covered in blood/bathed in sweat

être tout en larmes — to be in floods of tears

la colline est tout en fleurs — the hill is a mass of flowers

elle est tout(e) à son travail — she's totally absorbed in her work

4) ( d'avance)

tout prêt — ready-made

des légumes tout épluchés — ready-peeled vegetables

5) ( en même temps) while; ( bien que) although

il lisait tout en marchant — he was reading as he walked

elle le défendait tout en le sachant coupable — she defended him although she knew he was guilty

6) (marquant la concession: quoique)

tout aussi étrange que cela paraisse — however strange it may seem

tout malin/roi qu'il est, il... — he may be clever/a king, but he...

7) ( rien d'autre que)

je suis tout ouïe — hum I'm all ears

veste tout cuir — all leather jacket

4.

du tout locution adverbiale

(pas) du tout, (point) du tout — not at all

sans savoir du tout — without knowing at all

5.

nom masculin (pl touts)

1) ( ensemble)

former un tout — to make up ou form a whole

mon tout — ( charade) my whole, my all

du tout au tout — completely

2)

le tout — ( la totalité) the whole lot, the lot; ( l'essentiel) the main thing

vendre le tout pour 50 euros — to sell the (whole) lot for 50 euros

le tout est de réussir — the main ou most important thing is to succeed

ce n'est pas le tout! — (colloq) this is no good!

6.

Tout- (in compounds)

le Tout-Paris/-Londres — the Paris/London smart set

Phrasal Verbs:

- tout à coup

- tout d'un coup

- tout à fait

- tout à l'heure

- tout de même

- tout de suite

••

être tout yeux tout oreilles — to be very attentive

••

Quand tout fait partie d'une locution figée comme tous feux éteints, à tout hasard, de toute(s) part(s), tout compte fait, après tout etc, qu'il est fréquemment associé à un adjectif ou un adverbe donné comme tout nu, tout neuf, tout plein, tout simplement etc, la traduction sera donnée sous le terme principal

Remarques sur l'adjectif

1. Lorsque tout, adjectif singulier, exprime la totalité, plusieurs traductions sont possibles mais non toujours interchangeables. De manière générale

On emploiera all lorsque le mot qualifié est non dénombrable: tout le vin/l'argent = all the wine/the money; tout ce bruit/leur talent = all that noise/their talent; c'est tout ce que je sais = that's all I know

On emploiera the whole si tout peut être remplacé par entier: tout le gâteau/groupe = the whole cake/group

tout un dans le sens de entier se traduit toujours par a whole: tout un livre = a whole book

Mais: connaître tout Zola/le Japon = to know the whole of Zola/Japan; lire tout ‘Les Misérables’ = to read the whole of ‘Les Misérables’; pendant tout mon séjour = for the whole of my stay

Avec certains mots, en particulier les mots désignant la durée ( journée, mois, saison, vie, vacances etc), les collectifs tels que famille, on pourra employer all ou the whole, la seconde traduction étant légèrement plus emphatique: toute ma vie = all my life, the whole of my life

tout le pays/toute la ville = all the country/town ou = the whole country/town lorsque ces mots désignent la population; au sens géographique, seule la deuxième traduction convient

2. throughout (ou all through) signifie du début à la fin, d'un bout à l'autre. On l'emploie souvent pour insister sur la durée ou l'étendue devant un terme singulier ou pluriel qui désigne l'espace de temps ou l'événement pendant lequel un fait a lieu, ou encore le territoire sur lequel il a lieu: pendant tout le match/tous ces mois = throughout the match/those months; la rumeur se répandit dans toute la province = the rumour [BrE] spread throughout the province; faire tout le trajet debout = to stand throughout the journey (ou for the whole journey); il neige sur toute la France = it's snowing throughout France (ou all over France)

Au pluriel, tous, toutes se traduiront par all pour exprimer la totalité, par every pour insister sur les composants d'un ensemble, ou encore par any pour indiquer l'absence de discrimination. On notera que every and any sont suivis du singulier

••

Quand tout fait partie d'une locution figée comme tous feux éteints, à tout hasard, de toute(s) part(s), tout compte fait, après tout etc, qu'il est fréquemment associé à un adjectif ou un adverbe donné comme tout nu, tout neuf, tout plein, tout simplement etc, la traduction sera donnée sous le terme principal

Remarques sur l'adjectif

1. Lorsque tout, adjectif singulier, exprime la totalité, plusieurs traductions sont possibles mais non toujours interchangeables. De manière générale

On emploiera all lorsque le mot qualifié est non dénombrable: tout le vin/l'argent = all the wine/the money; tout ce bruit/leur talent = all that noise/their talent; c'est tout ce que je sais = that's all I know

On emploiera the whole si tout peut être remplacé par entier: tout le gâteau/groupe = the whole cake/group

tout un dans le sens de entier se traduit toujours par a whole: tout un livre = a whole book

Mais: connaître tout Zola/le Japon = to know the whole of Zola/Japan; lire tout ‘Les Misérables’ = to read the whole of ‘Les Misérables’; pendant tout mon séjour = for the whole of my stay

Avec certains mots, en particulier les mots désignant la durée ( journée, mois, saison, vie, vacances etc), les collectifs tels que famille, on pourra employer all ou the whole, la seconde traduction étant légèrement plus emphatique: toute ma vie = all my life, the whole of my life

tout le pays/toute la ville = all the country/town ou = the whole country/town lorsque ces mots désignent la population; au sens géographique, seule la deuxième traduction convient

2. throughout (ou all through) signifie du début à la fin, d'un bout à l'autre. On l'emploie souvent pour insister sur la durée ou l'étendue devant un terme singulier ou pluriel qui désigne l'espace de temps ou l'événement pendant lequel un fait a lieu, ou encore le territoire sur lequel il a lieu: pendant tout le match/tous ces mois = throughout the match/those months; la rumeur se répandit dans toute la province = the rumour [BrE] spread throughout the province; faire tout le trajet debout = to stand throughout the journey (ou for the whole journey); il neige sur toute la France = it's snowing throughout France (ou all over France)

Au pluriel, tous, toutes se traduiront par all pour exprimer la totalité, par every pour insister sur les composants d'un ensemble, ou encore par any pour indiquer l'absence de discrimination. On notera que every and any sont suivis du singulier

* * *
tu, tut tout, -e tous mpl toutes fpl
1. adj

1) (avec article singulier) all

tout le lait — all the milk

tout le livre — the whole book

tout un pain — a whole loaf

toute la journée — all day

toute la nuit — all night, the whole night

tout le temps — all the time, the whole time

tout le monde — everybody

c'est tout le contraire — it's quite the opposite

c'est toute une affaire; c'est toute une histoire — it's quite a business, it's a whole rigmarole

2) (avec article pluriel) (= chaque) every, (idée d'intégralité) all

toutes les filles — all the girls

tous les livres — all the books

tous les jours — every day

toutes les nuits — every night

toutes les fois — every time

toutes les deux semaines — every other week, every two weeks

toutes les trois semaines — every three weeks, every third week

tous les deux jours — every two days

tous les deux; Nous y sommes allés tous les deux. — We both went., Both of us went.

Nous y sommes allés tous les trois. — All three of us went.

Je les ai invités tous les trois. — I invited all three of them.

3) (sans article) (= n'importe quel)

à tout âge — at any age

à toute heure du jour ou de la nuit — at any time of the day or night, (= seul)

pour toute nourriture, il avait... — his only food was..., (= chaque)

de tous côtés; de toutes parts (= de partout) — from everywhere, from every side, (= partout) all around

2. pron

tout — everything

tous; toutes — all

Il a tout fait. — He did everything.

Il a tout organisé. — He organized everything.

Je les vois tous. — I can see them all., I can see all of them.

Je les connais tous. — I know them all., I know all of them.

Nous y sommes tous allés. — We all went., All of us went.

Nous y sommes toutes allées. — We all went., All of us went.

tout ou rien — all or nothing

c'est tout — that's all

tout de...; Elle a tout d'une mère. — She's a real mother., She's a true mother.

en tout — all together, altogether

Ça fait combien en tout? — How much is that altogether?

en tout et pour tout — all in all

tout ce que...; tout ce qu'il sait — all he knows

C'était tout ce qu'il y a de plus chic. — It was the last word in chic., It was the ultimate in chic.

3. nm

un tout — a whole

Ceci forme un tout. — It forms a whole.

le tout — all of it

Je prends le tout. — I'll take it all., I'll take the whole lot.

le tout est de... — the main thing is to...

pas du tout — not at all

du tout au tout — completely

4. adv

1) (= très, complètement) very

tout près; tout à côté — very near

Elle habite tout près. — She lives very near.

le tout premier; la toute première — the very first

tout seul; toute seule — all alone

Il est tout seul. — He's all alone.

Elle est toute seule. — She's all alone.

Il était tout rouge. — He was all red in the face.

Elle était toute rouge. — She was all red in the face.

parler tout bas — to speak very quietly

le livre tout entier — the whole book

l'histoire tout entière — the whole story

tout en haut — right at the top

tout droit — straight ahead

tout de suite — immediately, straight away

2)

tout en... — while...

tout en travaillant — while working

Il a fait son travail tout en chantant. — He sang as he worked., He sang while he worked.

3) (autres locutions)

tout d'abord — first of all

tout à coup; tout d'un coup — suddenly

tout à fait — absolutely

tout à fait! — exactly!

tout de même — all the same

tout simplement — quite simply

tout court; Charles-Henri, pouvez-vous... — Je vous en prie, appelez-moi Charles tout court. — Charles-Henri, could you... — Please, just call me Charles.

communication par internet, mais aussi communication tout court — communication via the internet, but also simply communication

tout à l'heure (passé) — just now, a short while ago

Je l'ai vu tout à l'heure. — I saw him just now., (futur) shortly, in a moment

Je finirai ça tout à l'heure. — I'll finish it in a moment.

à tout à l'heure! — see you later!

* * *

tout ⇒ Note d'usage, toute, mpl tous, fpl toutes

A pron indéf

1 tout ( chaque chose) everything; ( n'importe quoi) anything; ( l'ensemble) all; penser à tout to think of everything; tout est prêt everything is ready; le sucre, les graisses, le sel, tout me fait mal sugar, fat, salt, everything is bad for me; être tout pour qn to be everything to sb; tout peut arriver anything can happen; le chien mange (de) tout the dog will eat anything; tout est prétexte à querelle(s) any pretext will do to start a quarrel; tout n'est pas perdu all is not lost; tout ou rien all or nothing; tout ou partie de qch all or part of sth; tout va bien all's well, everything's fine; en tout ( au total) in all; ( entièrement) in every respect; en tout et pour tout all told; et tout ça parce que/pour and all because/for; tout bien compté or pesé or considéré all in all; tout est là fig that's the whole point; c'est tout dire I need say no more; et tout et tout○ and all that sort of thing; et ce n'est pas tout! and that's not all!; ce n'est pas tout (que) de commencer un travail, il faut le finir it's not enough ou it's all very well to start off a job, it's got to be finished; avoir tout d'un singe/assassin to look just like a monkey/murderer; ⇒ bien, monde, salaire, or;

2 tous, toutes ( la totalité des êtres ou choses) all; (la totalité des éléments d'une catégorie, d'un groupe) all of them/us/you; nous sommes tous des pécheurs we are all sinners; le film n'est pas à la portée de tous the film is not accessible to all; merci à tous thank you all; tous ensemble all together; ce sont tous d'anciens soldats all of them are ou they are all former soldiers; il les a tous cassés he has broken all of them, he's broken them all; il l'a dit devant nous tous he said it in front of all of us; leurs enfants, tous musiciens de talent their children, all of them talented musicians; tous ne sont pas d'accord not all of them agree; toutes tant qu'elles sont all of them, each and every one of them; vous tous qui le connaissez all of you who know him; écoutez-moi tous listen to me, all of you; est-ce que ça conviendra à tous? will it suit everybody ou everyone?

B adj

1 ( exprimant la totalité) bois tout ton lait drink all your milk, drink up your milk; tout le reste est à jeter everything else is to be thrown away; manger tout un pain to eat a whole loaf; tout Pompéi a été enseveli the whole of Pompeii was buried; tout Nice se réjouit the whole of ou all Nice rejoiced; il a plu toute la journée it rained all day (long) ou the whole day; pendant toute une année for a whole year; la semaine se passa toute à attendre the whole ou entire week was spent waiting; j'ai passé tout mon dimanche à travailler I spent the whole of ou all Sunday working; je ne l'ai pas vu de tout l'été I haven't seen him all summer; cet enfant est toute ma vie this child is my whole life; c'est tout le plaisir que tu y trouves? is that all the pleasure ou the only pleasure it gives you?; tout le problème est là that's where the problem lies; tout cela ne compte pas none of that counts; le meilleur dentiste de toute la ville the best dentist in town; tout le monde everybody; ⇒ cœur, monde, temps;

2 ( véritable) c'est tout un travail/événement it's quite a job/an event; il a fait toute une histoire he made a real ou big fuss, he made quite a fuss; c'est tout un art there's a whole art to it;

3 tout ce qui/que/dont ( l'ensemble) all; ( toutes les choses) everything; ( sans discrimination) anything; tout ce qui compte all that matters; c'est tout ce que je fais that's all I do; tout ce dont j'ai besoin all I need; j'ai acheté tout ce qui était sur la liste I bought everything that was on the list; il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête he says anything that comes into his head; tout ce qu'il dit n'est pas vrai not all of what he says is true; tout ce que le village compte d'enfants, tout ce qu'il y a d'enfants dans le village all the children in the village; être tout ce qu'il y a de plus serviable to be most obliging; c'est tout ce qu'on fait de mieux it's the best there is; ‘tu en es sûr?’-‘tout ce qu'il y a de plus sûr’ ‘are you sure?’-‘as sure as can be’, ‘absolutely sure’;

4 ( n'importe quel) any; à tout âge at any age; de toute nature of any kind; à toute heure du jour ou de la nuit at all times of the day or night; ‘service à toute heure’ ‘24 hour service’; à tout moment ( n'importe quand) at any time; ( sans cesse) constantly; tout prétexte leur est bon they'll jump at any excuse; toute personne qui anyone ou anybody who; toute autre solution serait rejetée any other solution would be rejected; tout autre que lui/toi aurait abandonné anybody else would have given up; toute publicité est interdite all advertising is prohibited; pour toute réclamation, s'adresser à… all complaints should be addressed to…; tout billet n'est pas valable not all tickets are valid; ⇒ vérité;

5 (sans déterminant: total) en toute innocence/franchise in all innocence/honesty; en toute liberté with complete freedom; donner toute satisfaction to give complete satisfaction; c'est tout bénéfice it's all profit; il aurait tout intérêt à placer cet argent it would be in his best interests to invest this money; partir en toute hâte to leave in a great hurry; un jardin de toute beauté a most beautiful garden; être à toute extrémité to be close to death; ⇒ épreuve, hasard, prix, vitesse;

6 (unique, seul) il a souri pour toute réponse his only reply was a smile, he smiled by way of a reply; on lui donne quelques légumes pour tous gages all that he gets in the way of wages is a few vegetables; elle a un chien pour toute compagnie the only company she has ou all she has for company is a dog;

7 tous, toutes ( les uns et les autres sans distinction) all, every (+ v sg); ceci vaut pour tous les candidats this applies to all candidates ou to every candidate; en tous pays in all countries, in every country; en toutes choses in all things, in everything; toutes les pages sont déchirées all the pages are torn, every page is torn; les lettres ont toutes été signées the letters have all been signed; j'ai toutes les raisons de me plaindre I have every reason to complain; tous les hommes sont mortels all men are mortal; il a fait tous les métiers he's done all sorts of jobs; tous les prétextes leur sont bons they'll use any excuse (pour to); meubles tous budgets furniture to suit every pocket; tous deux se levèrent both of them got up, they both got up; nous irons tous les deux both of us will go, we'll both go; je les prends tous les trois/quatre etc I'm taking all three/four etc (of them);

8 ( chaque) tous/toutes les every; à tous les coins de rue on every street corner; saisir toutes les occasions to seize every opportunity; tous les jours/mois/ans every day/month/year; tous les quarts d'heure/10 mètres every quarter of an hour/10 metres; un cachet toutes les quatre heures one tablet every four hours; tous les deux jours/mois every other day/month; tous les combien? how often?

C adv (normally invariable, but agrees in gender and in number with feminine adjective beginning with consonant or h-aspirate)

1 (très, extrêmement) very, quite; ( entièrement) all; tout doucement very gently; ils sont tout contents they are very happy; elles sont tout étonnées/toutes honteuses they are very surprised/ashamed; être tout excité to be very ou all excited; être tout jeune/petit to be very young/small; tout enfant, elle aimait déjà dessiner as a small child she already liked to draw; c'est tout naturel it's quite natural; des yeux tout ronds de surprise eyes wide with surprise; être tout mouillé/sale to be all wet/dirty; tout seul dans la vie all alone in life; faire qch tout seul to do sth all by oneself; c'est tout autre chose, c'est une tout autre histoire it's a different matter altogether;

2 ( devant un nom) c'est tout le portrait de sa mère she's the spitting ou very image of her mother; c'est tout l'inverse or le contraire it's the very opposite; ça m'en a tout l'air it looks very much like it to me; tu as tout le temps d'y réfléchir you've got plenty of time to think it over; avec toi, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre you see everything in black and white;

3 ( tout à fait) la toute dernière ligne the very last line; les tout premiers fruits de l'été the very first fruits of summer; j'habite tout près I live very close by ou very near; tout près de very close to, very near; tout à côté de/contre/en haut right by/against/at the top; il les a mangés tout crus he ate them raw; un gâteau tout entier a whole cake; j'en sais tout autant que lui I know just as much as he does; c'est tout aussi cher it's just as expensive; vêtue tout de noir, tout de noir vêtue dressed all in black; maison tout en longueur very long and narrow house; un jeu tout en finesse a very subtle game; une semaine toute de fatigue a very tiring week; une vie toute de soucis a life full of worry; ils étaient tout en sang/en sueur they were covered in blood/bathed in sweat; être tout en larmes to be in floods of tears; la colline est tout en fleurs the hill is a mass of flowers; elle est tout(e) à son travail she's totally absorbed in her work;

4 ( d'avance) tout prêt ready-made; sauces/idées toutes faites ready-made sauces/ideas; des légumes tout épluchés ready-peeled vegetables; ⇒ cuit, vu;

5 ( en même temps) while; ( bien que) although; il lisait tout en marchant he was reading as he walked; elle le défendait tout en le sachant coupable she defended him although she knew he was guilty; ⇒ en;

6 (marquant la concession: quoique) tout aussi étrange que cela paraisse however strange it may seem; tout prudemment que l'on conduise however carefully one drives; tout malins qu'ils sont, ils… clever though they may be, they…, they may be clever, but they…; toute reine qu'elle est, elle ne peut pas faire ça she may be a queen, but she can't do that;

7 ( rien d'autre que) être tout énergie/muscle to be all energy/muscle; être tout sourires to be all smiles; je suis tout ouïe hum I'm all ears; veste tout cuir/laine all leather/wool jacket; ⇒ feu, sucre.

D du tout loc adv pas du tout, point du tout liter not at all; sans savoir du tout without knowing at all; je ne le vois plus du tout I don't see him at all now; il ne m'en reste plus du tout I have none left at all; crois-tu qu'il m'ait remercié? du tout! do you think he thanked me? not at all!

E nm (pl touts)

1 ( ensemble) former un tout to make up ou form a whole; mon tout ( charade) my whole, my all; du tout au tout completely;

2 le tout ( la totalité) the whole lot, the lot; ( l'essentiel) the main thing; vendre le tout pour 200 euros to sell the (whole) lot for 200 euros; le tout est de réussir/qu'il réussisse the main ou most important thing is to succeed/that he should succeed; le Grand Tout Relig the Great Whole; ce n'est pas le tout○! this is no good!

F tout- ( in compounds) le Tout-Paris/-Londres the Paris/London smart set.

Composés

tout à coup suddenly; tout d'un coup ( soudain) suddenly; ( à la fois) all at once; tout à fait ( entièrement) quite, absolutely; ce n'est pas tout à fait vrai/pareil it's not quite true/the same thing; c'est tout à fait vrai it's quite ou absolutely true; ‘tu es d'accord?’-‘tout à fait’ ‘do you agree?’-‘absolutely’; il est tout à fait charmant he's absolutely ou perfectly charming; être tout à fait pour/contre to be totally for/against; tout à l'heure ( bientôt) in a moment; ( peu avant) a little while ago, just now; à tout à l'heure! see you later!; tout de même ( quand même) all the same, even so; ( indigné) tout de même! really!, honestly!; ( vraiment) quite; tu aurais tout de même pu faire attention! all the same ou even so you might have been careful!; c'est tout de même un peu fort! really ou honestly, it's a bit much!; c'est tout de même bizarre que it's quite strange that; tout de suite at once, straight away; ce n'est pas pour tout de suite ( ce n'est pas pressé) there's no rush; ( ce sera long) it's going to take some time.

Idiomes

tout est bien qui finit bien all's well that ends well; être tout yeux tout oreilles to be very attentive.

[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) adjectif qualificatif (au singulier)

1. [entier] all (the), the whole (of the)

toute la nuit all night

elle a parcouru toute la distance en 2 heures she covered the full distance in 2 hours

il se plaint toute la journée he complains all the time ou the whole day long

tout le village a participé the whole village took part

toute une journée a whole day

tout ceci/cela all (of) this/that

tout ce travail pour rien! all this work for nothing!

j'ai tout mon temps I've plenty of time ou all the time in the world

toute ma fortune my whole fortune

ils se sont aimés toute leur vie they loved each other all their lives

avec lui, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre with him, it's either (all) black or (all) white

2. [devant un nom propre] all

j'ai visité tout Paris en huit jours I saw all ou the whole of Paris in a week

3. [devant un nom sans article]

on a tout intérêt à y aller it's in our every interest to go

c'est en toute liberté que j'ai choisi I made the choice completely of my own free will

rouler à toute vitesse to drive at full ou top speed

en toute franchise/simplicité in all sincerity/simplicity

c'est de toute beauté it's extremely beautiful

4. [avec une valeur emphatique]

c'est toute une affaire! it's quite a to-do!

c'est toute une expédition pour y aller! getting there involves quite a trek!

5. (comme adverbe) [entièrement] completely

elle était toute à son travail she was completely absorbed in her work

6. [unique, seul] only

c'est tout l'effet que ça te fait? is that all it means to you?

ma fille est tout mon bonheur my daughter is my sole ou only source of happiness

pour tout remerciement on m'a renvoyé by way of thanks I got fired

pour toute famille il n'avait qu'une cousine éloignée one distant cousin was all the family he had

7. [suivi d'une relative]

tout ce qu'on dit everything people say

tout ce qui me gêne, c'est la différence d'âge the only thing ou all I'm worried about is the age difference

tout ce que l'entreprise compte de personnel qualifié the company's entire qualified workforce

ils s'amusaient tout ce qu'ils savaient they were having a whale of a time

tout ce qu'il y a de: ses enfants sont tout ce qu'il y a de bien élevés his children are very well-behaved ou are models of good behaviour

ce projet est tout ce qu'il y a de plus sérieux this project couldn't be more serious

————————

[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) déterminant (adjectif indéfini)

A.[AU SINGULIER] [chaque, n'importe quel] any, all, every

tout citoyen a des droits every citizen has rights, all citizens have rights

toute personne ayant vu l'accident any person who witnessed the accident

tout changement les inquiète the slightest change worries them

pour tout renseignement, écrivez-nous for further information, write to us

à tout âge at any age

à toute heure du jour et de la nuit at any hour of the day or night

de tout temps since time immemorial, from the beginning of time

en tout temps throughout ou all through history

tout autre anybody else

tout autre que lui aurait refusé anyone other than him ou anybody else would have refused

toute peine mérite salaire (proverbe) the labourer is worthy of his hire (proverb)

B.[AU PLURIEL]

1. [exprimant la totalité] all

tous les hommes all men, the whole of mankind

tous les gens everybody, everyone

je veux tous les détails I want all the details ou the full details

ça se vend maintenant à tous les coins de rue it's now sold on every street corner

2. [devant un nom sans article]

ils étaient 150 000, toutes disciplines/races confondues there were 150,000 of them, taking all disciplines/races together

champion toutes catégories overall champion

il roulait tous feux éteints he was driving with his lights off

je dois le rencontrer toutes affaires cessantes I must meet him forthwith

il est mon préféré à tous égards I like him best in every respect

3. [exprimant la périodicité] every

tous les jours every day

toutes les deux semaines every other week, every second week, every two weeks

à prendre toutes les quatre heures to be taken every four hours ou at four-hourly intervals

toutes les fois qu'on s'est rencontrés every time we've met

————————

[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) pronom indéfini

A.[AU SINGULIER] everything, all

[n'importe quoi] anything

j'ai tout jeté I threw everything away

dis-moi tout tell me all about it

t'as tout compris! (familier) that's it!, that's right!

c'est tout dire that says it all

il mange de tout he eats anything

il est prêt à tout he's ready for anything

capable de tout capable of anything

c'est tout that's all

ce sera tout? [dans un magasin] will be that all?, anything else?

ce n'est pas tout that's not all

ce n'est pas tout de faire des enfants, il faut les élever ensuite having children is one thing, but then you've got to bring them up

être tout pour quelqu'un to be everything for somebody, to mean everything to somebody

et tout et tout (familier) and all that (sort of thing)

on aura tout vu! now I've ou we've seen everything!

tout est là

a. [objets] that's everything

b. [problème] that's the whole point ou the crux of the matter

vous serez remboursé tout ou partie you'll get all or part of your money back

avec toi c'est tout ou rien with you, it's all or nothing ou one extreme or the other

c'est tout sauf du foie gras it's anything but foie gras

il est tout sauf un génie call him anything but not a genius

tout se passe comme si... it's as though...

à tout faire [produit] all-purpose

tout bien considéré, tout bien réfléchi all things considered

tout bien pesé after weighing up the pros and the cons

il a tout de son père he's every bit like his father

B.[AU PLURIEL]

1. [désignant ce dont on a parlé]

il y a plusieurs points de vue, tous sont intéressants there are several points of view, they are all interesting

j'adore les prunes — prends-les toutes I love plums — take them all ou all of them

2. [avec une valeur récapitulative] all

Jean, Pierre, Jacques, tous voulaient la voir Jean, Pierre, Jacques, they all wanted to see her

c'est tous feignants et compagnie! (familier) they're just a bunch of idlers!

3. [tout le monde]

vous m'entendez tous? can you all hear me?

à vous tous qui m'avez aidé, merci to all of you who helped me, thank you

des émissions pour tous programmes suitable for all (audiences)

tous ensemble all together

tous tant ou autant que nous sommes all of us, every (single) one of us

tout ( féminin toute, pluriel féminin toutes) adverbe (s'accorde en genre et en nombre devant un adjectif féminin commençant par une consonne ou un h aspiré)

1. [entièrement, tout à fait] quite, very, completely

ils étaient tout seuls they were quite ou completely alone

la ville tout entière the whole town

tout neuf brand new

tout nu stark naked

tout cru (totally) raw

un tout jeune homme a very young man

sa chevelure était toute hérissée his/her hair was all messy

ses tout premiers mots his/her very first words

les tout premiers temps at the very beginning

une robe tout en dentelle a dress made of lace

le jardin est tout en longueur the garden is just one long strip

un de nos tout meilleurs acteurs one of our very best actors

tout mouillé wet ou soaked through, drenched

être tout occupé à faire quelque chose to be very busy doing something

je t'aime tout autant qu'autrefois I love you just as much as I did before

tout simplement/autrement quite simply/differently

téléphone-moi, tout simplement just phone me, that's the easiest (way)

une toile tout coton a 100% cotton cloth, an all cotton material

il est toute bonté/générosité he is goodness/generosity itself

ça, c'est tout lui! that's typical of him ou just like him!

2. [en intensif]

tout en haut/bas right at the top/bottom

c'est tout près it's very close

tout à côté de moi right next to me

tout contre le mur right up against the wall

c'est tout le contraire! it's quite the opposite!

3. [déjà]

tout prêt ou préparé ready-made

tout bébé, elle dansait déjà even as a baby, she was already dancing

on verra — c'est tout vu! we'll see — it's already decided!

4. (avec un gérondif) [indiquant la simultanéité]

on mangera tout en marchant we'll eat while we're walking

[indiquant la concession]

tout en avouant son ignorance dans ce domaine, il continuait à me contredire although he'd confessed his ignorance in that field, he kept on contradicting me

tout nom masculin

1. [ensemble] whole

former un tout to make up a whole

mon tout est un instrument de musique [dans une charade] my whole ou all is a musical instrument

2. [l'essentiel]

le tout the main ou the most important thing

le tout c'est de ne pas bafouiller the most important thing is not to stutter

ce n'est pas le tout, mais je dois partir (familier) that's all very well, but I've got to go now

ce n'est pas le tout de critiquer, il faut pouvoir proposer autre chose it's not enough to criticize, you've got to be able to suggest something else

jouer ou risquer le tout pour le tout to risk (one's) all

tenter le tout pour le tout to make a (final) desperate attempt ou a last ditch effort

c'est un tout it's all the same, it makes no difference

à quand le tout informatique? when will everything be computerized?

la politique du tout ou rien an all-or-nothing policy

changer du tout au tout to change completely

————————

du tout locution adverbiale

not at all

je vous dérange? — du tout, du tout! am I disturbing you? — not at all ou not in the least!

elle finissait son café sans du tout se soucier de notre présence she was finishing her coffee without paying any attention to us at all ou whatsoever

————————

en tout locution adverbiale

1. [au total] in total, in all

cela fait 95 euros en tout that comes to 95 euros in all ou in total

2. [exactement] exactly, entirely

la copie est conforme en tout à l'original the copy matches the original exactly

en tout et pour tout locution adverbiale

(all) in all

en tout et pour tout, nous avons dépensé 300 euros all in all, we've spent 300 euros

tout à coup locution adverbiale

all of a sudden, suddenly

tout à fait locution adverbiale

1. [complètement] quite, fully, absolutely

en es-tu tout à fait conscient? are you fully aware of it?

je vous comprends tout à fait I understand you perfectly well

ce n'est pas tout à fait exact it's not quite correct

n'ai-je pas raison? — tout à fait! am I right? — absolutely!

2. [exactement] exactly

c'est tout à fait ce que je cherche/le même it's exactly what I've been looking for/the same

3. [oui] certainly

vous faites les retouches? — tout à fait do you do alterations? — certainly (we do)

————————

tout de même locution adverbiale

1. [malgré tout] all the same, even so

j'irai tout de même all the same, I'll still go

2. [en intensif]

tout de même, tu exagères! steady on!, that's a bit much!

————————

tout de suite locution adverbiale

1. [dans le temps] straight away, right away, at once

apporte du pain — tout de suite! bring some bread — right away!

2. [dans l'espace] immediately

tournez à gauche tout de suite après le pont turn left immediately after the bridge

————————

tout... que locution conjonctive

tout directeur qu'il est ou qu'il soit,... he may well be the boss,...

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > tout

16 homosexual

adj.

homosexual.

f. & m.

homosexual, homosexual person, gay, gay man.

* * *

homosexual

► adjetivo

1 homosexual

► nombre masulino o femenino

1 homosexual

* * *

noun mf. adj.

homosexual, gay

* * *

ADJ SMF homosexual

* * *

adjetivo/masculino y femenino homosexual

* * *

= gay, gay man [gay men, -pl.], homosexual, queer, fag, faggot, poofter, sissy, poof, mollycoddle, homo.

Ex. There are indications that gay and lesbian readers will be better served in the future.

Ex. It is the proper function of New Zealand libraries to provide affirmative and empowering information to minority groups such as lesbians and gay men.

Ex. The advent of the AIDS virus into both homosexual and heterosexual populations means that sexual ignorance can now result in death.

Ex. Approximately 100 young adult novels with gay/lesbian/ queer content have been published since the first one appeared in 1969.

Ex. Unfortunately, some inflammatory and offensive discourses appear over the network, including such words as 'bitch', ' fag', 'fagette', and 'dyke'.

Ex. Homophobic terms like 'poofter' and ' faggot' play a central role in adolescent male peer-group dynamics.

Ex. Homophobic terms like ' poofter' and 'faggot' play a central role in adolescent male peer-group dynamics.

Ex. Males who engage in more feminine activities may be considered ' sissies' and may often feel less accepted than females labeled as 'tomboys'.

Ex. Men who think bags make them look like poofs obviously need to become a bit more secure in their own sexuality.

Ex. These are the words not of a mollycoddle or a sentimentalist, but of a veteran soldier nation.

Ex. If the lesboes and homos had their way in the world, there wouldn't be any reproduction of the human race.

----

* liberación de los homosexuales = gay liberation.

* no homosexual = straight man.

* pareja homosexual = homosexual couple.

* * *

adjetivo/masculino y femenino homosexual

* * *

= gay, gay man [gay men, -pl.], homosexual, queer, fag, faggot, poofter, sissy, poof, mollycoddle, homo.

Ex: There are indications that gay and lesbian readers will be better served in the future.

Ex: It is the proper function of New Zealand libraries to provide affirmative and empowering information to minority groups such as lesbians and gay men.

Ex: The advent of the AIDS virus into both homosexual and heterosexual populations means that sexual ignorance can now result in death.

Ex: Approximately 100 young adult novels with gay/lesbian/ queer content have been published since the first one appeared in 1969.

Ex: Unfortunately, some inflammatory and offensive discourses appear over the network, including such words as 'bitch', ' fag', 'fagette', and 'dyke'.

Ex: Homophobic terms like 'poofter' and ' faggot' play a central role in adolescent male peer-group dynamics.

Ex: Homophobic terms like ' poofter' and 'faggot' play a central role in adolescent male peer-group dynamics.

Ex: Males who engage in more feminine activities may be considered ' sissies' and may often feel less accepted than females labeled as 'tomboys'.

Ex: Men who think bags make them look like poofs obviously need to become a bit more secure in their own sexuality.

Ex: These are the words not of a mollycoddle or a sentimentalist, but of a veteran soldier nation.

Ex: If the lesboes and homos had their way in the world, there wouldn't be any reproduction of the human race.

* liberación de los homosexuales = gay liberation.

* no homosexual = straight man.

* pareja homosexual = homosexual couple.

* * *

homosexual

adj/mf

homosexual

* * *

homosexual adjetivo, masculino y femenino
homosexual
homosexual adjetivo & mf homosexual
' homosexual' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
gay
- invertida
- invertido
- paladín
- maricón
- pederasta
- tendencia
English:
come out
- gay
- homosexual
- queen
- queer
- come
- fag

* * *

homosexual

♦ adj

homosexual

♦ nmf

homosexual

* * *

homosexual

m/f & adj homosexual

* * *

homosexual adj & nmf

: homosexual

* * *

homosexual adj n homosexual

Spanish-English dictionary > homosexual

17 гомосексуалист

1) General subject: Sodomite, effeminate, faggot, fairy, fruitcake, homophile, homosexual, homosexualist, invert, nance, nancy, pansy, queer, sodomite, (особенно сл. часто) three-dollar bill, uranism, male-who-goes-to-bed-with-males, banana crammer

2) Medicine: contrary sexual

3) Colloquial: a male gay, camp, gay

4) American: faggy

5) British English: mincer (gay man)

6) Law: bugger

7) Australian slang: nancy boy, poo jabber, poofter

8) Scornful: homo

9) Abbreviation: sod (от sodomite)

10) Jargon: bird, fag, faggart faggot, faggart fagot, flower, fluter, frit, gobbler, lightfooted, lily, mola, nola, pato, poof, quean, queen (особенно привлекательный для гомосексуалистов, играющих роль мужчины), raver, soft butt, swish, twink, weirdo, gaylord ("королева геев"), bale (Don't bother Britany - he's bale. Не беспокойся Британи-он гомик.), Ted (He's a bit Ted.), first (He's a right first.), doctor (He’s a bit of a doctor.), tin roof (I think he might be a tin roof.), Finlay (That boozer is Finlay ub.), behind with the rent (You're not behind with the rent?), sailor (В фильме Full Metal Jacket: Only faggots and sailors are called Lawrence! - "Только пидоров и гомосеков зовут Лоуренсами!"), as queer as a nine bob note, pouf, pooh pusher, bet for other side, bitch, capon, f-a-g, flit, flute, fly ball, freak, fruit, fruit-cake, fruity, girl, mintie (особенно мужеподобная, агрессивная лесбиянка), mother, pix, pogey, pogie, pogy, queered, three-letter man, willie

11) Taboo: Dorian, Irish by birth but Greek by injection (см. Greek), Joey, K, KY cowboy (от названия крема KY Jelly, часто используемого для смазки при анальном сексе), Mary Ann, Miss Thing, Oscar (по имени писателя Оскара Уайльда), Peter Pansy, Q, angel (особ. играющий доминирующую роль), ass-fucker, babe, baby face, back door conquistador, bananas, battyman, bender, bertie, bird-tacker, blade, bona omi (см. naff omi, polone), booty bandit, botter, bottler (см. bottle), botty boy, brown pipe engineer, brown-hatter, brownie, brownie hound, brunser, buftie-boy, bum bandit, bum-boy, bumhole engineer, bunker, burglar, cannibal, charley, chocolate bandit (см. cadbury canal, hershey highway), chocolate chimney sweep, chocolate shark angler, chocolate speedway racer, chutney ferret, clone (обычно в костюме водителя грузовика, рабочего, ковбоя), cocoa sombrero (см. brown hat), confirmed bachelor, cum chum, dandy, degenerate, donut puncher, dung-puncher, effie, enema bandit, exhaust pipe engineer, eye doctor, eye opener, faggart, faggot (в Великобритании это слово обозначает "вязанка хвороста"), fagola, fagot (в США это слово обозначает "вязанка хвороста"), farley, fart knocker, fart-catcher, faygele, fillet, fish, flyball, four-letter man (от homo), freckle-puncher, friend of Dorothy (см. Dorothy's friends), fudge-packer, funny man, gentleman of the back door, gonef, good buddy, gut-fucker, half a man, handbag, haricot, he-haw (игра слов на he-whore q.v. и hee-haw - крик ишака, который имеет большие гениталии), hershey bar (см. cadbury canal; от названия компании, производящей популярные шоколадки), hitch hiker on the Hershey highway, homie, horse's hoof (см. iron hoof), inspector of manholes, iron, jacksie rabbit, jaisy, jam fag, jammer, jere, jolly (см. gay), joy boy, kakpipe cosmonaut, kiki, kinky, knight, lapper, lavender, lavender boy, left-footer, less-than-nothing (с точки зрения гетеросексуального мужчины), lickbox, like that, limp wrist, maama man, man's man, maricon (исп.), marmite miner, meat-hound, midnight cowboy, misfit, mo, molly, mouser, mud-packer, muddy funster, muzzler (особ. феллятор), neuter gender, nine-bob-note, nudger, omee-polone, one of those, painted Willie, pansy (особ. пассивный), pearl-diver, person of uncertain gender, pervert, pervy, pickle chuggler, pillow biter (от мнения о болезненности анального секса и необходимости кусать подушку, чтобы сдержать крик), pipe cleaner, pogue, ponce, poncey, poo packer, puff, pug, punce, pure silk, pussy Nellie, pussy-bumper, quack, quean (особ. пассивный), queen (особ. пассивный), queer one, quim (особ. пассивный), reamer, rear-admiral, ring bandit, ring snatcher, roger ramjet, rump ranger, salami smuggler, sausage jockey (a man who "rides" "sausages"), semen demon, sex boy, she-man, sheepherder, shirt lifter, shirtlifter, shit stabber, shit-hunter, shit-poke, skippy (особ. пассивный), snake, soft boy, stem-wheeer, stern-chaser, stern-wheeler, stir-shit, stoke-on-trent, sucker, sweet, sweet homo, tail gunner, tan-tracker, tea pot, thing, third sexer, three legged beaver (употр. водителями-дальнобойщиками), three-dollar bill, three-letter man (подразумевается fag q.v.), tommy, tonk, trapeze artist, truck driver, turd burglar, turd-walloper, tusk, twilight personality, undercover man, uphill gardener, usher of the back-door, vache (от фр. "корова"), vert, waffle, what?, wooftah, woofter, woolie woofter, woolly-woofter, works (pl), wuss (обыч. держащий свои наклонности в секрете), zippersniffer, arse-bandit, brownhatter, brown owl, beefer

12) Phraseological unit: back gammon player, bat for the other team

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > гомосексуалист

18 på

at, in, on, to, upon

* * *

I. præp

a) ( oven på, med noget som baggrund eller underlag) on,

F upon ( fx on the ground (, floor, wall, ceiling, coast, beach, chair, table); on one's knees; on a bicycle);

b) (i, inden for et område) in ( fx in bottles; in the toilet, in his room; in a field (, meadow, the picture, the sky); NB on the football field, on the battle field);

( om øer) in ( fx in the Isle of Wight, in Sicily),

(om små el. fjerne øer) on ( fx on a desert island; on an island

in the Pacific);

( ved navne på bydele, gader, pladser) in ( fx he lives in Oxford Street),

(am) on ( fx he lives on Fifth Avenue);

c) ( om sted af ringe udstrækning, punkt; stedet hvor noget sker, bygning,

adresse etc) at ( fx at the corner, at the station; the thermometer stood at 40ø; let us stop at this place; he is at his office (, at the university); at (, in) a café (, restaurant));

(NB in bruges hvis stedet opfattes som rum el. der tænkes på

akvititeten, fx he can't stay in one place all the time; she works in an office; what happened in the university?);

d) ( mål for bevægelse) at ( fx look (, stare, gaze, glance) at

something; shoot (, throw stones) at somebody; knock at (el. on) the door),

( om flade) on ( fx drop something on the floor),

( om rum) into ( fx put something into a bottle, go out into the

country),

( om sted) to ( fx go to the (post) office, go to the station, go

to market);

e) ( tiden, der medgår; tiden, inden for hvilken noget sker) in ( fx it was over in less than 5 minutes);

[ på dronning Elisabeths tid] at the time (, F: in the days) of Queen Elizabeth;

f) ( tidspunkt) at ( fx at this time of the year; dinner was served at different hours tidspunkter);

( dato, dag) on;

[ på en søndag] on a Sunday;

[(nu) på søndag] next Sunday, on Sunday (next); this coming Sunday; g) ( måde) in ( fx in another way);

h) ( gentagelse) after ( fx shot after shot);

i) ( beskrivelse, samhørighed) of ( fx a sum of £10; a discount of 5% on future orders; a farm of 100 acres; a girl of ten (years); the roof of the house; the leaves of the trees; he was captain of the "Eagle"); j) (om sygdom etc; med hensyn til) in ( fx blind in one eye; ill in body and mind; a country rich in minerals);

k) ( sprog) in ( fx in Danish, in English);

l) ( om mål for fjendtlig følelse) with ( fx be annoyed (, cross, angry, mad, furious) with somebody);

m) (for at få etc) for ( fx call (, ring) for the waiter; wait (, hope) for an order; an order for 25 machines);

n) [ Udtryk]

[( for at færdiggøre:) strikke (, sy, skrive etc) på] (udtrykkes ved

-ing, fx she is knitting a blouse (, making a dress, writing a

novel));

[ han arbejder (, skriver) på en afhandling]

( også) he is working on (el. at) a thesis;

o) [ Udtryk]

[ andre tilfælde:]

[ han er på den]

T he is in a fix (el. a tight spot el. a tight corner);

[ inde (, omkring, ud, ude) på], se inde etc;

[ på en nær] except one,

T bar one;

[ på sig]

(dvs på sin person) on one, about one ( fx do you have a pencil about

(el. on) you?);

[ bære på sig] carry about with one ( fx you should always carry your passport about with you);

(se også II. have).

II. adv on ( fx the lid is not on);

(se endvidere de verber hvormed på forbindes);

[ med frakke på] wearing a coat, with a coat on;

[ på med frakken!] on with your coat!

Danish-English dictionary > på

См. также в других словарях:

The Queen (film) — Infobox Film | name = The Queen caption = The Queen teaser poster director = Stephen Frears producer = Andy Harries Christine Langan Tracey SeawardFrancois Ivernel (executive producer) Cameron McCracken (executive producer) Scott Rudin (executive … Wikipedia

The Queen of Spain's Beard — Infobox Television episode Title = The Queen of Spain s Beard Series = Blackadder Caption = (From left) Lord Percy Percy, Prince Edmund and Baldrick Airdate = 06/7/1983 Writer = Rowan AtkinsonRichard Curtis Director = Guests = Miriam Margolyes… … Wikipedia

Dietrich v The Queen — Court High Court of Australia Full case name Dietrich v The Queen Date decided 13 N … Wikipedia

The Wombles — womble redirects here. For other uses, see womble (disambiguation). Wombles Bungo Womble, in the UK TV series Author Elisabeth Beresford … Wikipedia

The United States of America —     The United States of America     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America     BOUNDARIES AND AREA     On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Seal of Confession —     The Law of the Seal of Confession     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession     In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Benedictine Order —     The Benedictine Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Benedictine Order     The Benedictine Order comprises monks living under the Rule of St. Benedict, and commonly known as black monks . The order will be considered in this article under… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Church —     The Church     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church     The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Carmelite Order —     The Carmelite Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Carmelite Order     One of the mendicant orders.     Origin     The date of the foundation of the Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel has been under discussion from the fourteenth century to … Catholic encyclopedia

The Counter-Reformation —     The Counter Reformation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Counter Reformation     The subject will be considered under the following heads:     I. Significance of the term II. Low ebb of Catholic fortunes III. St. Ignatius and the Jesuits,… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Belgariad — is a five book fantasy epic written by David Eddings. The series tells the story of the recovery of the Orb of Aldur and coming of age of Garion, an orphaned farmboy. Garion is accompanied by his aunt Polgara and grandfather Belgarath as they try … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

no less a person than the Queen

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

no less a person than the Queen

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: